s3

package
v1.38.55 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jun 4, 2021 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 36 Imported by: 9,914

Documentation

Overview

Package s3 provides the client and types for making API requests to Amazon Simple Storage Service.

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01 for more information on this service.

See s3 package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/

Using the Client

To contact Amazon Simple Storage Service with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the Amazon Simple Storage Service client S3 for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/#New

Upload Managers

The s3manager package's Uploader provides concurrent upload of content to S3 by taking advantage of S3's Multipart APIs. The Uploader also supports both io.Reader for streaming uploads, and will also take advantage of io.ReadSeeker for optimizations if the Body satisfies that type. Once the Uploader instance is created you can call Upload concurrently from multiple goroutines safely. 

// The session the S3 Uploader will use
sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())

// Create an uploader with the session and default options
uploader := s3manager.NewUploader(sess)

f, err  := os.Open(filename)
if err != nil {
    return fmt.Errorf("failed to open file %q, %v", filename, err)
}

// Upload the file to S3.
result, err := uploader.Upload(&s3manager.UploadInput{
    Bucket: aws.String(myBucket),
    Key:    aws.String(myString),
    Body:   f,
})
if err != nil {
    return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err)
}
fmt.Printf("file uploaded to, %s\n", aws.StringValue(result.Location))

See the s3manager package's Uploader type documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Uploader

Download Manager

The s3manager package's Downloader provides concurrently downloading of Objects from S3. The Downloader will write S3 Object content with an io.WriterAt. Once the Downloader instance is created you can call Download concurrently from multiple goroutines safely. 

// The session the S3 Downloader will use
sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())

// Create a downloader with the session and default options
downloader := s3manager.NewDownloader(sess)

// Create a file to write the S3 Object contents to.
f, err := os.Create(filename)
if err != nil {
    return fmt.Errorf("failed to create file %q, %v", filename, err)
}

// Write the contents of S3 Object to the file
n, err := downloader.Download(f, &s3.GetObjectInput{
    Bucket: aws.String(myBucket),
    Key:    aws.String(myString),
})
if err != nil {
    return fmt.Errorf("failed to download file, %v", err)
}
fmt.Printf("file downloaded, %d bytes\n", n)

See the s3manager package's Downloader type documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Downloader

Automatic URI cleaning

Interacting with objects whose keys contain adjacent slashes (e.g. bucketname/foo//bar/objectname) requires setting DisableRestProtocolURICleaning to true in the aws.Config struct used by the service client. 

svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{
   	DisableRestProtocolURICleaning: aws.Bool(true),
})
out, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput {
   	Bucket: aws.String("bucketname"),
    	Key: aws.String("//foo//bar//moo"),
})

Get Bucket Region

GetBucketRegion will attempt to get the region for a bucket using a region hint to determine which AWS partition to perform the query on. Use this utility to determine the region a bucket is in. 

sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())

bucket := "my-bucket"
region, err := s3manager.GetBucketRegion(ctx, sess, bucket, "us-west-2")
if err != nil {
    if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok && aerr.Code() == "NotFound" {
         fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "unable to find bucket %s's region not found\n", bucket)
    }
    return err
}
fmt.Printf("Bucket %s is in %s region\n", bucket, region)

See the s3manager package's GetBucketRegion function documentation for more information https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#GetBucketRegion

S3 Crypto Client

The s3crypto package provides the tools to upload and download encrypted content from S3. The Encryption and Decryption clients can be used concurrently once the client is created.

See the s3crypto package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3crypto/

Index

Examples

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// ArchiveStatusArchiveAccess is a ArchiveStatus enum value
	ArchiveStatusArchiveAccess = "ARCHIVE_ACCESS"

	// ArchiveStatusDeepArchiveAccess is a ArchiveStatus enum value
	ArchiveStatusDeepArchiveAccess = "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
	BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
	BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
View Source 
const (
	// BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value
	BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private"

	// BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
	BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"

	// BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value
	BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"

	// BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
	BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
)
View Source 
const (
	// BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 = "af-south-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 = "ap-east-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 = "ap-northeast-3"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2"

	// BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 = "ca-central-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 = "cn-northwest-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 = "eu-north-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 = "eu-south-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 = "eu-west-2"

	// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 = "eu-west-3"

	// BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 = "me-south-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 = "us-east-2"

	// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 = "us-gov-east-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 = "us-gov-west-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1"

	// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
	BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2"
)
View Source 
const (
	// BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
	BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"

	// BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
	BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ"

	// BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
	BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
	BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
	BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value
	CompressionTypeNone = "NONE"

	// CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value
	CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP"

	// CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value
	CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2"
)
View Source 
const (
	// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
	DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
	DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value
	EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"

	// EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*"

	// EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put"

	// EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post"

	// EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy"

	// EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload"

	// EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*"

	// EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete"

	// EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"

	// EventS3ObjectRestore is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRestore = "s3:ObjectRestore:*"

	// EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post"

	// EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value
	EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed"

	// EventS3Replication is a Event enum value
	EventS3Replication = "s3:Replication:*"

	// EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication is a Event enum value
	EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication = "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication"

	// EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked is a Event enum value
	EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked = "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked"

	// EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold is a Event enum value
	EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold"

	// EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold is a Event enum value
	EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
)

The bucket event for which to send notifications.

View Source 
const (
	// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
	ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
	ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
	ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
	ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
	FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE"

	// FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
	FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
	FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value
	FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix"

	// FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value
	FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix"
)
View Source 
const (
	// IntelligentTieringAccessTierArchiveAccess is a IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum value
	IntelligentTieringAccessTierArchiveAccess = "ARCHIVE_ACCESS"

	// IntelligentTieringAccessTierDeepArchiveAccess is a IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum value
	IntelligentTieringAccessTierDeepArchiveAccess = "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// IntelligentTieringStatusEnabled is a IntelligentTieringStatus enum value
	IntelligentTieringStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// IntelligentTieringStatusDisabled is a IntelligentTieringStatus enum value
	IntelligentTieringStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value
	InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV"

	// InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value
	InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC"

	// InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value
	InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value
	InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily"

	// InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value
	InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
	InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All"

	// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
	InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier = "IntelligentTieringAccessTier"

	// InventoryOptionalFieldBucketKeyStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
	InventoryOptionalFieldBucketKeyStatus = "BucketKeyStatus"
)
View Source 
const (
	// JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value
	JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"

	// JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value
	JSONTypeLines = "LINES"
)
View Source 
const (
	// MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value
	MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled"

	// MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value
	MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
	MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
	MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value
	MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY"

	// MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value
	MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// MetricsStatusEnabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
	MetricsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// MetricsStatusDisabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
	MetricsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"

	// ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"

	// ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"

	// ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"

	// ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"

	// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"

	// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
	ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON"

	// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
	ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"

	// ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
	ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
	ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"

	// ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
	ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerPreferred is a ObjectOwnership enum value
	ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerPreferred = "BucketOwnerPreferred"

	// ObjectOwnershipObjectWriter is a ObjectOwnership enum value
	ObjectOwnershipObjectWriter = "ObjectWriter"
)

The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.

BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.

ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.

View Source 
const (
	// ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"

	// ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"

	// ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

	// ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

	// ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

	// ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

	// ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"

	// ObjectStorageClassOutposts is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
	ObjectStorageClassOutposts = "OUTPOSTS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PayerRequester is a Payer enum value
	PayerRequester = "Requester"

	// PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value
	PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
	PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"

	// PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
	PermissionWrite = "WRITE"

	// PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
	PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"

	// PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
	PermissionRead = "READ"

	// PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
	PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value
	ProtocolHttp = "http"

	// ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value
	ProtocolHttps = "https"
)
View Source 
const (
	// QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value
	QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS"

	// QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value
	QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ReplicaModificationsStatusEnabled is a ReplicaModificationsStatus enum value
	ReplicaModificationsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// ReplicaModificationsStatusDisabled is a ReplicaModificationsStatus enum value
	ReplicaModificationsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
	ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
	ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value
	ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"

	// ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value
	ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING"

	// ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value
	ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED"

	// ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value
	ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
	ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
	ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
	ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256"

	// ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
	ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
	SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

	// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
	SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"

	// StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"

	// StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

	// StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

	// StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

	// StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

	// StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"

	// StorageClassOutposts is a StorageClass enum value
	StorageClassOutposts = "OUTPOSTS"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value
	TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY"

	// TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value
	TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TierStandard is a Tier enum value
	TierStandard = "Standard"

	// TierBulk is a Tier enum value
	TierBulk = "Bulk"

	// TierExpedited is a Tier enum value
	TierExpedited = "Expedited"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
	TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

	// TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
	TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

	// TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
	TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

	// TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
	TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

	// TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
	TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
	TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"

	// TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
	TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"

	// TypeGroup is a Type enum value
	TypeGroup = "Group"
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists for service response error code
	// "BucketAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
	// by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again.
	ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists = "BucketAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code
	// "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou".
	//
	// The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3
	// returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia Region.
	// For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already
	// own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the
	// bucket access control lists (ACLs).
	ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"

	// ErrCodeInvalidObjectState for service response error code
	// "InvalidObjectState".
	//
	// Object is archived and inaccessible until restored.
	ErrCodeInvalidObjectState = "InvalidObjectState"

	// ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code
	// "NoSuchBucket".
	//
	// The specified bucket does not exist.
	ErrCodeNoSuchBucket = "NoSuchBucket"

	// ErrCodeNoSuchKey for service response error code
	// "NoSuchKey".
	//
	// The specified key does not exist.
	ErrCodeNoSuchKey = "NoSuchKey"

	// ErrCodeNoSuchUpload for service response error code
	// "NoSuchUpload".
	//
	// The specified multipart upload does not exist.
	ErrCodeNoSuchUpload = "NoSuchUpload"

	// ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError for service response error code
	// "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError".
	//
	// This action is not allowed against this storage tier.
	ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError = "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"

	// ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError for service response error code
	// "ObjectNotInActiveTierError".
	//
	// The source object of the COPY action is not in the active tier and is only
	// stored in Amazon S3 Glacier.
	ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError = "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
)
View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "s3"        // Name of service.
	EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
	ServiceID   = "S3"        // ServiceID is a unique identifier of a specific service.
)

Service information constants

View Source 
const (
	// AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value
	AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV"
)
View Source 
const (
	// EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value
	EncodingTypeUrl = "url"
)

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.

View Source 
const (
	// ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value
	ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value
	ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value
	ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
)
View Source 
const (
	// OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value
	OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination"
)
View Source 
const (
	// RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value
	RequestChargedRequester = "requester"
)

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

View Source 
const (
	// RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value
	RequestPayerRequester = "requester"
)

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

View Source 
const (
	// RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value
	RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT"
)
View Source 
const (
	// StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value
	StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1"
)

Variables

View Source 
var NormalizeBucketLocationHandler = request.NamedHandler{
	Name: "awssdk.s3.NormalizeBucketLocation",
	Fn: func(req *request.Request) {
		if req.Error != nil {
			return
		}

		out := req.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput)
		loc := NormalizeBucketLocation(aws.StringValue(out.LocationConstraint))
		out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc)
	},
}

NormalizeBucketLocationHandler is a request handler which will update the GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID.

Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".

See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html for more information on the values that can be returned. 

req, result := svc.GetBucketLocationRequest(&s3.GetBucketLocationInput{
    Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
})
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler)
err := req.Send()

Functions

func AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values() []string

AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values returns all elements of the AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum

func ArchiveStatus_Values added in v1.35.24 

func ArchiveStatus_Values() []string

ArchiveStatus_Values returns all elements of the ArchiveStatus enum

func BucketAccelerateStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BucketAccelerateStatus_Values() []string

BucketAccelerateStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketAccelerateStatus enum

func BucketCannedACL_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BucketCannedACL_Values() []string

BucketCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the BucketCannedACL enum

func BucketLocationConstraint_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BucketLocationConstraint_Values() []string

BucketLocationConstraint_Values returns all elements of the BucketLocationConstraint enum

func BucketLogsPermission_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BucketLogsPermission_Values() []string

BucketLogsPermission_Values returns all elements of the BucketLogsPermission enum

func BucketVersioningStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BucketVersioningStatus_Values() []string

BucketVersioningStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketVersioningStatus enum

func CompressionType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func CompressionType_Values() []string

CompressionType_Values returns all elements of the CompressionType enum

func DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values() []string

DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum

func EncodingType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EncodingType_Values() []string

EncodingType_Values returns all elements of the EncodingType enum

func Event_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Event_Values() []string

Event_Values returns all elements of the Event enum

func ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values() []string

ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum

func ExpirationStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ExpirationStatus_Values() []string

ExpirationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExpirationStatus enum

func ExpressionType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ExpressionType_Values() []string

ExpressionType_Values returns all elements of the ExpressionType enum

func FileHeaderInfo_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FileHeaderInfo_Values() []string

FileHeaderInfo_Values returns all elements of the FileHeaderInfo enum

func FilterRuleName_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FilterRuleName_Values() []string

FilterRuleName_Values returns all elements of the FilterRuleName enum

func IntelligentTieringAccessTier_Values added in v1.35.24 

func IntelligentTieringAccessTier_Values() []string

IntelligentTieringAccessTier_Values returns all elements of the IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum

func IntelligentTieringStatus_Values added in v1.35.24 

func IntelligentTieringStatus_Values() []string

IntelligentTieringStatus_Values returns all elements of the IntelligentTieringStatus enum

func InventoryFormat_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InventoryFormat_Values() []string

InventoryFormat_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFormat enum

func InventoryFrequency_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InventoryFrequency_Values() []string

InventoryFrequency_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFrequency enum

func InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values() []string

InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values returns all elements of the InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum

func InventoryOptionalField_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InventoryOptionalField_Values() []string

InventoryOptionalField_Values returns all elements of the InventoryOptionalField enum

func JSONType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func JSONType_Values() []string

JSONType_Values returns all elements of the JSONType enum

func MFADeleteStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MFADeleteStatus_Values() []string

MFADeleteStatus_Values returns all elements of the MFADeleteStatus enum

func MFADelete_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MFADelete_Values() []string

MFADelete_Values returns all elements of the MFADelete enum

func MetadataDirective_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MetadataDirective_Values() []string

MetadataDirective_Values returns all elements of the MetadataDirective enum

func MetricsStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MetricsStatus_Values() []string

MetricsStatus_Values returns all elements of the MetricsStatus enum

func NormalizeBucketLocation added in v1.8.15 

func NormalizeBucketLocation(loc string) string

NormalizeBucketLocation is a utility function which will update the passed in value to always be a region ID. Generally this would be used with GetBucketLocation API operation.

Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".

See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html for more information on the values that can be returned.

func ObjectCannedACL_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectCannedACL_Values() []string

ObjectCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the ObjectCannedACL enum

func ObjectLockEnabled_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectLockEnabled_Values() []string

ObjectLockEnabled_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockEnabled enum

func ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values() []string

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum

func ObjectLockMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectLockMode_Values() []string

ObjectLockMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockMode enum

func ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values() []string

ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockRetentionMode enum

func ObjectOwnership_Values added in v1.35.2 

func ObjectOwnership_Values() []string

ObjectOwnership_Values returns all elements of the ObjectOwnership enum

func ObjectStorageClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectStorageClass_Values() []string

ObjectStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectStorageClass enum

func ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values() []string

ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectVersionStorageClass enum

func OwnerOverride_Values added in v1.34.3 

func OwnerOverride_Values() []string

OwnerOverride_Values returns all elements of the OwnerOverride enum

func Payer_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Payer_Values() []string

Payer_Values returns all elements of the Payer enum

func Permission_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Permission_Values() []string

Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum

func Protocol_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Protocol_Values() []string

Protocol_Values returns all elements of the Protocol enum

func QuoteFields_Values added in v1.34.3 

func QuoteFields_Values() []string

QuoteFields_Values returns all elements of the QuoteFields enum

func ReplicaModificationsStatus_Values added in v1.35.37 

func ReplicaModificationsStatus_Values() []string

ReplicaModificationsStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicaModificationsStatus enum

func ReplicationRuleStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReplicationRuleStatus_Values() []string

ReplicationRuleStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationRuleStatus enum

func ReplicationStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReplicationStatus_Values() []string

ReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationStatus enum

func ReplicationTimeStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReplicationTimeStatus_Values() []string

ReplicationTimeStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationTimeStatus enum

func RequestCharged_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RequestCharged_Values() []string

RequestCharged_Values returns all elements of the RequestCharged enum

func RequestPayer_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RequestPayer_Values() []string

RequestPayer_Values returns all elements of the RequestPayer enum

func RestoreRequestType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RestoreRequestType_Values() []string

RestoreRequestType_Values returns all elements of the RestoreRequestType enum

func ServerSideEncryption_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ServerSideEncryption_Values() []string

ServerSideEncryption_Values returns all elements of the ServerSideEncryption enum

func SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values() []string

SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values returns all elements of the SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum

func StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values added in v1.34.3 

func StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values() []string

StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values returns all elements of the StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum

func StorageClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func StorageClass_Values() []string

StorageClass_Values returns all elements of the StorageClass enum

func TaggingDirective_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TaggingDirective_Values() []string

TaggingDirective_Values returns all elements of the TaggingDirective enum

func Tier_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Tier_Values() []string

Tier_Values returns all elements of the Tier enum

func TransitionStorageClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TransitionStorageClass_Values() []string

TransitionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the TransitionStorageClass enum

func Type_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Type_Values() []string

Type_Values returns all elements of the Type enum

func WithNormalizeBucketLocation added in v1.8.15 

func WithNormalizeBucketLocation(r *request.Request)

WithNormalizeBucketLocation is a request option which will update the GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID.

Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".

See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html for more information on the values that can be returned. 

result, err := svc.GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx,
    &s3.GetBucketLocationInput{
        Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
    },
    s3.WithNormalizeBucketLocation,
)

Types

type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload added in v1.1.12 

type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct {

	// Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart
	// upload.
	DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString added in v1.1.12 

func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload

SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value.

func (AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String added in v1.1.12 

func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AbortMultipartUploadInput 

type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {

	// The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
	//
	// UploadId is a required field
	UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (AbortMultipartUploadInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AbortMultipartUploadOutput 

type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AccelerateConfiguration added in v1.1.19 

type AccelerateConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (AccelerateConfiguration) GoString added in v1.1.19 

func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (AccelerateConfiguration) String added in v1.1.19 

func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AccessControlPolicy 

type AccessControlPolicy struct {

	// A list of grants.
	Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

	// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.

func (AccessControlPolicy) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy

SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.

func (*AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (AccessControlPolicy) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AccessControlPolicy) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AccessControlTranslation added in v1.12.24 

type AccessControlTranslation struct {

	// Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket
	// replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 API Reference.
	//
	// Owner is a required field
	Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for information about access control for replicas.

func (AccessControlTranslation) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner added in v1.12.24 

func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (AccessControlTranslation) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AccessControlTranslation) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AnalyticsAndOperator added in v1.5.11 

type AnalyticsAndOperator struct {

	// The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object
	// must have to be included in the metrics results.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
	Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates in any combination, and an object must match all of the predicates for the filter to apply.

func (AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (AnalyticsAndOperator) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

type AnalyticsConfiguration struct {

	// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
	// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
	// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
	Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"`

	// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available
	// to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
	//
	// StorageClassAnalysis is a required field
	StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration

SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value.

func (AnalyticsConfiguration) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AnalyticsExportDestination added in v1.5.11 

type AnalyticsExportDestination struct {

	// A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
	//
	// S3BucketDestination is a required field
	S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Where to publish the analytics results.

func (AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination

SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.

func (AnalyticsExportDestination) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AnalyticsFilter added in v1.5.11 

type AnalyticsFilter struct {

	// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an
	// analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
	And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"`

	// The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.

func (AnalyticsFilter) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter

SetAnd sets the And field's value.

func (*AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*AnalyticsFilter) SetTag added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (AnalyticsFilter) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsFilter) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination added in v1.5.11 

type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
	// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
	//
	// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
	// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
	BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
	//
	// Format is a required field
	Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"`

	// The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about where to publish the analytics results.

func (AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination

SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value.

func (*AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination

SetFormat sets the Format field's value.

func (*AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Bucket 

type Bucket struct {

	// Date the bucket was created. This date can change when making changes to
	// your bucket, such as editing its bucket policy.
	CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the bucket.
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts.

func (Bucket) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Bucket) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Bucket) SetCreationDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket

SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.

func (*Bucket) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (Bucket) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Bucket) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BucketLifecycleConfiguration added in v0.9.8 

type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct {

	// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// Rules is a required field
	Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BucketLoggingStatus 

type BucketLoggingStatus struct {

	// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
	// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 API Reference.
	LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for logging status information.

func (BucketLoggingStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus

SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.

func (BucketLoggingStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BucketLoggingStatus) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CORSConfiguration 

type CORSConfiguration struct {

	// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
	// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
	//
	// CORSRules is a required field
	CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (CORSConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration

SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.

func (CORSConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CORSConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CORSRule 

type CORSRule struct {

	// Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header.
	// These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to
	// any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that
	// are allowed.
	AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET,
	// PUT, HEAD, POST, and DELETE.
	//
	// AllowedMethods is a required field
	AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
	//
	// AllowedOrigins is a required field
	AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to
	// access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest
	// object).
	ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
	ID *string `type:"string"`

	// The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response
	// for the specified resource.
	MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (CORSRule) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CORSRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule

SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value.

func (*CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule

SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value.

func (*CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule

SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value.

func (*CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule

SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value.

func (*CORSRule) SetID added in v1.37.28 

func (s *CORSRule) SetID(v string) *CORSRule

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (*CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule

SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value.

func (CORSRule) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CORSRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CORSRule) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CSVInput added in v1.12.36 

type CSVInput struct {

	// Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and
	// such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value
	// to TRUE may lower performance.
	AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the
	// character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character
	// to indicate a comment line.
	Comments *string `type:"string"`

	// A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can
	// specify an arbitrary delimiter.
	FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
	//
	//    * NONE: First line is not a header.
	//
	//    * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values
	//    to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such
	//    as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s).
	//
	//    * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify
	//    a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT).
	FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"`

	// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
	// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
	// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	// Default: "
	//
	// Ancestors: CSV
	QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`

	// A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside
	// an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed
	// as " a , b ".
	QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`

	// A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead
	// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
	RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes how an uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input object is formatted.

func (CSVInput) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s CSVInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter added in v1.14.14 

func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput

SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetComments added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput

SetComments sets the Comments field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput

SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput

SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput

SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput

SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.

func (*CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput

SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.

func (CSVInput) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s CSVInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CSVOutput added in v1.12.36 

type CSVOutput struct {

	// The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify
	// an arbitrary delimiter.
	FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
	// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
	// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
	QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`

	// The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already
	// escaped value.
	QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
	//
	//    * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields.
	//
	//    * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed.
	QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"`

	// A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead
	// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
	RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results are formatted.

func (CSVOutput) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput

SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.

func (*CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput

SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.

func (*CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput

SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.

func (*CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput

SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value.

func (*CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter added in v1.12.36 

func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput

SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.

func (CSVOutput) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s CSVOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CloudFunctionConfiguration 

type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct {

	// Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events
	// of the specified type.
	CloudFunction *string `type:"string"`

	// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
	//
	// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
	Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

	// Bucket events for which to send notifications.
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function
	InvocationRole *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.

func (CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration

SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value.

func (*CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration

SetEvent sets the Event field's value.

func (*CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration

SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value.

func (CloudFunctionConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CommonPrefix 

type CommonPrefix struct {

	// Container for the specified common prefix.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.

func (CommonPrefix) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CommonPrefix) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (CommonPrefix) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CommonPrefix) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CompleteMultipartUploadInput 

type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {

	// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The container for the multipart upload request information.
	MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
	//
	// UploadId is a required field
	UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput 

type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct {

	// The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with
	// different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is
	// an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object
	// data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will
	// contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less
	// than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
	// date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// The object key of the newly created object.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The URI that identifies the newly created object.
	Location *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed
	// encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart
	// upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption
	// algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning
	// turned on.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetLocation sets the Location field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CompletedMultipartUpload 

type CompletedMultipartUpload struct {

	// Array of CompletedPart data types.
	Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container for the completed multipart upload details.

func (CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload

SetParts sets the Parts field's value.

func (CompletedMultipartUpload) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CompletedPart 

type CompletedPart struct {

	// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between
	// 1 and 10,000.
	PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details of the parts that were uploaded.

func (CompletedPart) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CompletedPart) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*CompletedPart) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (CompletedPart) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CompletedPart) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Condition 

type Condition struct {

	// The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error,
	// if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied.
	// Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals
	// is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect
	// to be applied.
	HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"`

	// The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to
	// redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html.
	// To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will
	// be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when
	// the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
	// is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for
	// the redirect to be applied.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.

func (Condition) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Condition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition

SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value.

func (*Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition

SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value.

func (Condition) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Condition) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ContinuationEvent added in v1.14.0 

type ContinuationEvent struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ContinuationEvent) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ContinuationEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.27.0 

func (s *ContinuationEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (ContinuationEvent) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.14.0 

func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type CopyObjectInput 

type CopyObjectInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

	// The name of the destination bucket.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption
	// with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header
	// to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with
	// SSE-KMS.
	//
	// Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings
	// for S3 Bucket Key.
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object.
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field.
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value
	// in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source
	// object through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html):
	//
	//    * For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of
	//    the source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash
	//    (/). For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the bucket
	//    awsexamplebucket, use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf. The value
	//    must be URL encoded.
	//
	//    * For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource
	//    Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the
	//    format arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>.
	//    For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through access point
	//    my-access-point owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use
	//    the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf.
	//    The value must be URL encoded. Amazon S3 supports copy operations using
	//    access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the
	//    same AWS Region. Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3
	//    on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>.
	//    For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost
	//    owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding
	//    of arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf.
	//    The value must be URL encoded.
	//
	// To copy a specific version of an object, append ?versionId=<version-id> to
	// the value (for example, awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893).
	// If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of
	// the source object.
	//
	// CopySource is a required field
	CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
	CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`

	// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
	CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
	// ETag.
	CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`

	// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
	CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
	// AES256).
	CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
	// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
	// that was used when the source object was created.
	CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `` /* 135-byte string literal not displayed */

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination
	// bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP
	// 403 (Access Denied) error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket
	// is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access
	// Denied) error.
	ExpectedSourceBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-source-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
	Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

	// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

	// The key of the destination object.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced
	// with metadata provided in the request.
	MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"`

	// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object.
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object.
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
	// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
	// encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
	// requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
	// or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially
	// supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request
	// Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created
	// objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability.
	// Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class.
	// Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information,
	// see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in
	// conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL
	// Query parameters.
	Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or
	// replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
	TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"`

	// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
	// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
	// the value of this header in the object metadata.
	WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CopyObjectInput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner sets the ExpectedSourceBucketOwner field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective added in v1.5.11 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value.

func (*CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput

SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.

func (CopyObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyObjectOutput 

type CopyObjectOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Container for all response elements.
	CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"`

	// Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
	CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`

	// If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
	// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
	// the encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// Version ID of the newly created copy.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CopyObjectOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput

SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (CopyObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyObjectResult 

type CopyObjectResult struct {

	// Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the
	// contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag
	// is identical for a successfully copied non-multipart object.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// Creation date of the object.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for all response elements.

func (CopyObjectResult) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyObjectResult) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (CopyObjectResult) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyPartResult 

type CopyPartResult struct {

	// Entity tag of the object.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for all response elements.

func (CopyPartResult) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyPartResult) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*CopyPartResult) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (CopyPartResult) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyPartResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateBucketConfiguration 

type CreateBucketConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify
	// a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
	LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The configuration information for the bucket.

func (CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration

SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.

func (CreateBucketConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateBucketInput 

type CreateBucketInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`

	// The name of the bucket to create.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The configuration information for the bucket.
	CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
	// bucket.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket.
	//
	// For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions
	// and overwrites of those objects.
	GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.
	ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateBucketInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput

SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (*CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput

SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value.

func (CreateBucketInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateBucketInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateBucketOutput 

type CreateBucketOutput struct {

	// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating
	// a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need
	// to specify the location.
	Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateBucketOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput

SetLocation sets the Location field's value.

func (CreateBucketOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateMultipartUploadInput 

type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

	// The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption
	// with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header
	// to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with
	// SSE-KMS.
	//
	// Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level
	// settings for S3 Bucket Key.
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object.
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field.
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
	Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

	// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object.
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
	// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
	// encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for
	// object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS
	// KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring
	// using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying
	// the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created
	// objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability.
	// Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class.
	// Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information,
	// see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
	Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

	// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
	// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
	// the value of this header in the object metadata.
	WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging added in v1.10.6 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput

SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.

func (CreateMultipartUploadInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateMultipartUploadOutput 

type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct {

	// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
	// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
	// name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates
	// when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation.
	// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
	// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
	//
	// The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the
	// ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
	AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`

	// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
	// the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
	// incomplete multipart uploads.
	AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`

	// The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
	// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
	// the encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
	UploadId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DefaultRetention added in v1.15.83 

type DefaultRetention struct {

	// The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
	// Must be used with Mode.
	Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed
	// in the specified bucket. Must be used with either Days or Years.
	Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`

	// The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
	// Must be used with Mode.
	Years *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings for new objects placed in the specified bucket.

  • The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.

  • The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.

func (DefaultRetention) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DefaultRetention) SetDays added in v1.15.83 

func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention

SetDays sets the Days field's value.

func (*DefaultRetention) SetMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (*DefaultRetention) SetYears added in v1.15.83 

func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention

SetYears sets the Years field's value.

func (DefaultRetention) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s DefaultRetention) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Delete 

type Delete struct {

	// The objects to delete.
	//
	// Objects is a required field
	Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element,
	// you must set its value to true.
	Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the objects to delete.

func (Delete) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Delete) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Delete) SetObjects added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete

SetObjects sets the Objects field's value.

func (*Delete) SetQuiet added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete

SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value.

func (Delete) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Delete) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Delete) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Delete) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketCorsInput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct {

	// Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketCorsInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketCorsOutput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput added in v1.12.24 

type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration
	// to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket added in v1.12.24 

func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput added in v1.12.24 

type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketInput 

type DeleteBucketInput struct {

	// Specifies the bucket being deleted.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput added in v1.35.24 

type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or
	// retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.24 

func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.35.24 

func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput added in v1.35.24 

type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput 

type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct {

	// The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput 

type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketOutput 

type DeleteBucketOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput added in v1.35.2 

type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct {

	// The Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.2 

func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.35.2 

func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate added in v1.35.2 

func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput added in v1.35.2 

type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketPolicyInput 

type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput 

type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketReplicationInput 

type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput 

type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketTaggingInput 

type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct {

	// The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput 

type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput 

type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput 

type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteMarkerEntry 

type DeleteMarkerEntry struct {

	// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
	// of an object.
	IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The object key.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Date and time the object was last modified.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The account that created the delete marker.>
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// Version ID of an object.
	VersionId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the delete marker.

func (DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry

SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.

func (*DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteMarkerEntry) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteMarkerReplication added in v1.15.38 

type DeleteMarkerReplication struct {

	// Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
	//
	// Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).

For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html).

If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).

func (DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString added in v1.15.38 

func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus added in v1.15.38 

func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (DeleteMarkerReplication) String added in v1.15.38 

func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteObjectInput 

type DeleteObjectInput struct {

	// The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions
	// to process this operation.
	BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Key name of the object to delete.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
	// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
	// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
	// delete enabled.
	MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput

SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteObjectOutput 

type DeleteObjectOutput struct {

	// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
	// or was not (false) a delete marker.
	DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE
	// operation.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput

SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteObjectTaggingInput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key that identifies the object in the bucket from which to remove all
	// tags.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput added in v1.5.11 

type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct {

	// The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteObjectsInput 

type DeleteObjectsInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the objects to delete.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type
	// Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this
	// operation.
	BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

	// Container for the request.
	//
	// Delete is a required field
	Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
	// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
	// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
	// delete enabled.
	MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (DeleteObjectsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteObjectsOutput 

type DeleteObjectsOutput struct {

	// Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that
	// was successfully deleted.
	Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon
	// S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
	Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput

SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput

SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.

func (*DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (DeleteObjectsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput added in v1.15.77 

type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct {

	// The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.77 

func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate added in v1.15.77 

func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput added in v1.15.77 

type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletedObject 

type DeletedObject struct {

	// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
	// or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates
	// whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
	DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
	// If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header
	// is the version ID of the object version deleted.
	DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the deleted object.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the deleted object.
	VersionId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the deleted object.

func (DeletedObject) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject

SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.

func (*DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject

SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value.

func (*DeletedObject) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*DeletedObject) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (DeletedObject) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeletedObject) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Destination 

type Destination struct {

	// Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination
	// bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership
	// to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified
	// in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account
	// that owns the source object.
	AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"`

	// Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you
	// direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns
	// the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property,
	// this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information,
	// see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Account *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to
	// store the results.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria
	// is specified, you must specify this element.
	EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication
	// metrics and events.
	Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"`

	// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether
	// S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects
	// must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
	ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime `type:"structure"`

	// The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or
	// reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source
	// object to create the object replica.
	//
	// For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
	// action in the Amazon S3 API Reference.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).

func (Destination) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Destination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation added in v1.12.24 

func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination

SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value.

func (*Destination) SetAccount added in v1.12.24 

func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination

SetAccount sets the Account field's value.

func (*Destination) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.12.24 

func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination

SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.

func (*Destination) SetMetrics added in v1.25.39 

func (s *Destination) SetMetrics(v *Metrics) *Destination

SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.

func (*Destination) SetReplicationTime added in v1.25.39 

func (s *Destination) SetReplicationTime(v *ReplicationTime) *Destination

SetReplicationTime sets the ReplicationTime field's value.

func (*Destination) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (Destination) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Destination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Destination) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Destination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Encryption added in v1.12.36 

type Encryption struct {

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	//
	// EncryptionType is a required field
	EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify
	// the encryption context for the restore results.
	KMSContext *string `type:"string"`

	// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of
	// the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results.
	// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using symmetric
	// and asymmetric keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
	// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
	KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the type of server-side encryption used.

func (Encryption) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s Encryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Encryption) SetEncryptionType added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption

SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.

func (*Encryption) SetKMSContext added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption

SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value.

func (*Encryption) SetKMSKeyId added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption

SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.

func (Encryption) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s Encryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Encryption) Validate added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Encryption) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EncryptionConfiguration added in v1.12.24 

type EncryptionConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed AWS KMS key
	// stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon
	// S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric,
	// customer managed KMS keys. For more information, see Using symmetric and
	// asymmetric keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
	// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
	ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies encryption-related information for an Amazon S3 bucket that is a destination for replicated objects.

func (EncryptionConfiguration) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID added in v1.12.24 

func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration

SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value.

func (EncryptionConfiguration) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EndEvent added in v1.14.0 

type EndEvent struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client receives an EndEvent.

func (EndEvent) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s EndEvent) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EndEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.27.0 

func (s *EndEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (EndEvent) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s EndEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.14.0 

func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type Error 

type Error struct {

	// The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It
	// is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors
	// by type.
	//
	// Amazon S3 error codes
	//
	//    * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403
	//    Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your AWS account
	//    that prevents the action from completing successfully. Contact AWS Support
	//    for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource
	//    has been disabled. Contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you
	//    provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400
	//    Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header
	//    you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status
	//    Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match
	//    what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is
	//    not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system.
	//    Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create
	//    already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS
	//    Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility,
	//    if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North
	//    Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access
	//    control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North
	//    Virginia Region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is
	//    not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support
	//    credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging
	//    not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information
	//    to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than
	//    the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum
	//    allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates
	//    that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of
	//    bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400
	//    Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires
	//    exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum
	//    allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please
	//    try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Server
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The AWS access key ID you provided
	//    does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous
	//    role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code:
	//    400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with
	//    the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not
	//    valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request
	//    you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code:
	//    400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location
	//    constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to
	//    Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The action is not valid for the
	//    current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could
	//    not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified
	//    entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code:
	//    400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending
	//    order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled.
	//    Please contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403
	//    Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does
	//    not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an
	//    HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
	//    not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code:
	//    400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
	//    not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint
	//    only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
	//    Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not
	//    configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled
	//    on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
	//    not supported on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot
	//    be enabled on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials
	//    are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified
	//    is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for
	//    logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate
	//    grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise
	//    invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed
	//    or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400
	//    Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request
	//    is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed
	//    XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration.
	//    The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did
	//    not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad
	//    Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request
	//    fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400
	//    Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the
	//    maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed
	//    against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected,
	//    but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length
	//    HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user
	//    sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request
	//    body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing
	//    a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required
	//    header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a
	//    logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not
	//    have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration
	//    does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
	//    Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does
	//    not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might
	//    have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified
	//    in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404
	//    Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality
	//    that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault
	//    Code Prefix: Server
	//
	//    * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the
	//    Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You
	//    can sign up at the following URL: https://aws.amazon.com/s3 HTTP Status
	//    Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional action
	//    is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to
	//    access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future
	//    requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions
	//    you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307
	//    Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already
	//    in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be
	//    of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server
	//    was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status
	//    Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request
	//    time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
	//    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent
	//    file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated
	//    does not match the signature you provided. Check your AWS secret access
	//    key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication
	//    (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html)
	//    and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html)
	//    for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP
	//    Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
	//
	//    * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code:
	//    503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
	//
	//    * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the
	//    bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP
	//    Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more
	//    buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
	//    Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address
	//    you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400
	//    Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	//
	//    * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain
	//    the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.
	//    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
	Code *string `type:"string"`

	// The error key.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in
	// English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the
	// message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they
	// don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more
	// exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely
	// to ignore the error message.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the error.
	VersionId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for all error elements.

func (Error) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Error) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Error) SetCode added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error

SetCode sets the Code field's value.

func (*Error) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*Error) SetMessage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error

SetMessage sets the Message field's value.

func (*Error) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (Error) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Error) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ErrorDocument 

type ErrorDocument struct {

	// The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The error information.

func (ErrorDocument) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ErrorDocument) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (ErrorDocument) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ErrorDocument) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ErrorDocument) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ExistingObjectReplication added in v1.25.37 

type ExistingObjectReplication struct {

	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (ExistingObjectReplication) GoString added in v1.25.37 

func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus added in v1.25.37 

func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ExistingObjectReplication) String added in v1.25.37 

func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ExistingObjectReplication) Validate added in v1.25.37 

func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FilterRule added in v0.9.5 

type FilterRule struct {

	// The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which
	// the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping
	// prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring
	// Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"`

	// The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.

func (FilterRule) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s FilterRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FilterRule) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*FilterRule) SetValue added in v1.5.0 

func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (FilterRule) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s FilterRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput added in v1.1.19 

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.1.19 

func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String added in v1.1.19 

func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput added in v1.1.19 

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.1.19 

func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.1.19 

func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketAclInput added in v0.9.5 

type GetBucketAclInput struct {

	// Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAclInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAclInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketAclInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAclInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketAclOutput added in v0.9.5 

type GetBucketAclOutput struct {

	// A list of grants.
	Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

	// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAclOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput

SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.

func (*GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (GetBucketAclOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
	AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput

SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketCorsInput added in v0.9.5 

type GetBucketCorsInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketCorsInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketCorsInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketCorsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketCorsOutput added in v0.9.5 

type GetBucketCorsOutput struct {

	// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
	// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
	CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput

SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.

func (GetBucketCorsOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketEncryptionInput added in v1.12.24 

type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration
	// is retrieved.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket added in v1.12.24 

func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketEncryptionInput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketEncryptionOutput added in v1.12.24 

type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct {

	// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
	ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.12.24 

func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput

SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput added in v1.35.24 

type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or
	// retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.24 

func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.35.24 

func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput added in v1.35.24 

type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	IntelligentTieringConfiguration *IntelligentTieringConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration(v *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput

SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration sets the IntelligentTieringConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Specifies the inventory configuration.
	InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput

SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput added in v0.9.8 

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput added in v0.9.8 

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Container for a lifecycle rule.
	Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketLifecycleInput 

type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketLifecycleInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketLifecycleOutput 

type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct {

	// Container for a lifecycle rule.
	Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketLocationInput 

type GetBucketLocationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLocationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketLocationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketLocationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLocationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketLocationOutput 

type GetBucketLocationOutput struct {

	// Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon
	// S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region).
	// Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null.
	LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput

SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.

func (GetBucketLocationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketLoggingInput 

type GetBucketLoggingInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which to get the logging information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketLoggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketLoggingOutput 

type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct {

	// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
	// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 API Reference.
	LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput

SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.

func (GetBucketLoggingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Specifies the metrics configuration.
	MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput

SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest 

type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput added in v1.35.2 

type GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.2 

func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.35.2 

func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate added in v1.35.2 

func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput added in v1.35.2 

type GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct {

	// The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerPreferred or ObjectWriter) currently in
	// effect for this Amazon S3 bucket.
	OwnershipControls *OwnershipControls `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) SetOwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) SetOwnershipControls(v *OwnershipControls) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput

SetOwnershipControls sets the OwnershipControls field's value.

func (GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketPolicyInput 

type GetBucketPolicyInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketPolicyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketPolicyOutput 

type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct {

	// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
	Policy *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput

SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.

func (GetBucketPolicyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput added in v1.15.77 

type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput added in v1.15.77 

type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct {

	// The policy status for the specified bucket.
	PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput

SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value.

func (GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketReplicationInput 

type GetBucketReplicationInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which to get the replication information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketReplicationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketReplicationOutput 

type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct {

	// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
	// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
	ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput

SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.

func (GetBucketReplicationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput 

type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput 

type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {

	// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
	Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput

SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.

func (GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketTaggingInput 

type GetBucketTaggingInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketTaggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketTaggingOutput 

type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct {

	// Contains the tag set.
	//
	// TagSet is a required field
	TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput

SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.

func (GetBucketTaggingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketVersioningInput 

type GetBucketVersioningInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketVersioningInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketVersioningOutput 

type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct {

	// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
	// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
	// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
	MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"`

	// The versioning state of the bucket.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput

SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.

func (*GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (GetBucketVersioningOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBucketWebsiteInput 

type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct {

	// The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetBucketWebsiteInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBucketWebsiteOutput 

type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct {

	// The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.
	ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html).
	IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of
	// an Amazon S3 bucket.
	RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`

	// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
	RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput

SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.

func (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput

SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.

func (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput

SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.

func (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput

SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.

func (GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectAclInput added in v0.9.5 

type GetObjectAclInput struct {

	// The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectAclInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectAclInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectAclInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectAclInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectAclOutput added in v0.9.5 

type GetObjectAclOutput struct {

	// A list of grants.
	Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

	// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectAclOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput

SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (GetObjectAclOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectInput 

type GetObjectInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
	// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
	IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
	// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
	IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
	// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
	IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
	// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
	IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Key of the object to get.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
	// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified.
	// Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
	PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
	// the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
	// (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35).
	//
	// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
	Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.
	ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"`

	// Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response
	ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"`

	// Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.
	ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"`

	// Sets the Content-Language header of the response.
	ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"`

	// Sets the Content-Type header of the response.
	ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"`

	// Sets the Expires header of the response.
	ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when decrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 used to encrypt
	// the data. This value is used to decrypt the object when recovering it and
	// must match the one used when storing the data. The key must be appropriate
	// for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput

SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput

SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetRange added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetRange sets the Range field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput

SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*GetObjectInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectLegalHoldInput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to
	// retrieve.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {

	// The current Legal Hold status for the specified object.
	LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput

SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.

func (GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {

	// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.
	ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput

SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.

func (GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectOutput 

type GetObjectOutput struct {

	// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
	AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`

	// Object data.
	Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`

	// Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption
	// with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object.
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field.
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// Size of the body in bytes.
	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	// The portion of the object returned in the response.
	ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
	// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
	DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

	// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
	// of a resource found at a URL.
	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

	// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
	// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
	// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
	// encoded.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
	Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`

	// Creation date of the object.
	LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	//
	// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
	// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
	// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
	// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
	// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
	// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
	MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only
	// returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The count of parts this object has.
	PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`

	// Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either
	// a source or destination in a replication rule.
	ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time
	// of the restored object copy.
	Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
	// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The number of tags, if any, on the object.
	TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`

	// Version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`

	// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
	// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
	// the value of this header in the object metadata.
	WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetBody added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *GetObjectOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput

SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput

SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput

SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetRestore added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput

SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (*GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput

SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.

func (GetObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectRetentionInput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectRetentionInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to
	// retrieve.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectRetentionInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectRetentionOutput added in v1.15.83 

type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct {

	// The container element for an object's retention settings.
	Retention *ObjectLockRetention `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput

SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.

func (GetObjectRetentionOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectTaggingInput added in v1.5.11 

type GetObjectTaggingInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which to get the tagging information.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.37.20 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectTaggingInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectTaggingOutput added in v1.5.11 

type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct {

	// Contains the tag set.
	//
	// TagSet is a required field
	TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput

SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.

func (*GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (GetObjectTaggingOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetObjectTorrentInput 

type GetObjectTorrentInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent
	// files.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The object key for which to get the information.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetObjectTorrentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (GetObjectTorrentInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetObjectTorrentOutput 

type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct {

	// A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification
	Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (GetObjectTorrentOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPublicAccessBlockInput added in v1.15.77 

type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
	// want to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput added in v1.15.77 

type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {

	// The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3
	// bucket.
	PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration added in v1.15.77 

func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput

SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.

func (GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GlacierJobParameters added in v1.5.10 

type GlacierJobParameters struct {

	// Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
	//
	// Tier is a required field
	Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for S3 Glacier job parameters.

func (GlacierJobParameters) GoString added in v1.5.10 

func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GlacierJobParameters) SetTier added in v1.5.10 

func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters

SetTier sets the Tier field's value.

func (GlacierJobParameters) String added in v1.5.10 

func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GlacierJobParameters) Validate added in v1.5.10 

func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Grant 

type Grant struct {

	// The person being granted permissions.
	Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`

	// Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
	Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for grant information.

func (Grant) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Grant) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Grant) SetGrantee added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant

SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.

func (*Grant) SetPermission added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant

SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.

func (Grant) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Grant) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Grant) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Grant) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Grantee 

type Grantee struct {

	// Screen name of the grantee.
	DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

	// Email address of the grantee.
	//
	// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following
	// AWS Regions:
	//
	//    * US East (N. Virginia)
	//
	//    * US West (N. California)
	//
	//    * US West (Oregon)
	//
	//    * Asia Pacific (Singapore)
	//
	//    * Asia Pacific (Sydney)
	//
	//    * Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
	//
	//    * Europe (Ireland)
	//
	//    * South America (São Paulo)
	//
	// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions
	// and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
	// in the AWS General Reference.
	EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The canonical user ID of the grantee.
	ID *string `type:"string"`

	// Type of grantee
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"`

	// URI of the grantee group.
	URI *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the person being granted permissions.

func (Grantee) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Grantee) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Grantee) SetDisplayName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee

SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.

func (*Grantee) SetEmailAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee

SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.

func (*Grantee) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (*Grantee) SetType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*Grantee) SetURI added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee

SetURI sets the URI field's value.

func (Grantee) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Grantee) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Grantee) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Grantee) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HeadBucketInput 

type HeadBucketInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (HeadBucketInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HeadBucketInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*HeadBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *HeadBucketInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (HeadBucketInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HeadBucketInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HeadBucketOutput 

type HeadBucketOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (HeadBucketOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (HeadBucketOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HeadObjectInput 

type HeadObjectInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the object.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
	// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
	IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
	// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
	IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
	// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
	IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`

	// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
	// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
	IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

	// The object key.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
	// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified.
	// Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this
	// object.
	PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
	// the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
	// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35).
	//
	// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
	Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (HeadObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput

SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput

SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetRange added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetRange sets the Range field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (HeadObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HeadObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HeadObjectOutput 

type HeadObjectOutput struct {

	// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
	AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`

	// The archive state of the head object.
	ArchiveStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-status" type:"string" enum:"ArchiveStatus"`

	// Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption
	// with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object.
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field.
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// Size of the body in bytes.
	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
	// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
	DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

	// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
	// of a resource found at a URL.
	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

	// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
	// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
	// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
	// encoded.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
	Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`

	// Creation date of the object.
	LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	//
	// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
	// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
	// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
	// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
	// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
	// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
	MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header
	// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission.
	// This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never
	// had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see
	// Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header
	// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
	// For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header
	// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The count of parts this object has.
	PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`

	// Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is
	// either a source or a destination in a replication rule.
	//
	// In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication
	// and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas.
	// When you request an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from
	// these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header
	// in the response as follows:
	//
	//    * If requesting an object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return
	//    the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible
	//    for replication. For example, suppose that in your replication configuration,
	//    you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects
	//    with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix,
	//    for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any
	//    object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status
	//    header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication
	//    status.
	//
	//    * If requesting an object from a destination bucket — Amazon S3 will
	//    return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object
	//    in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created and there is no replica
	//    modification replication in progress.
	//
	//    * When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets the x-amz-replication-status
	//    header acts differently. The header of the source object will only return
	//    a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to all destinations.
	//    The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has completed
	//    for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication the
	//    header will return FAILED.
	//
	// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
	ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER),
	// the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in
	// progress (see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html)
	// or an archive copy is already restored.
	//
	// If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon
	// S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
	//
	// x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 21 Dec 2012 00:00:00
	// GMT"
	//
	// If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true".
	//
	// For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects:
	// General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations).
	Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS
	// customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response
	// includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm
	// used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
	// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
	//
	// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html).
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// Version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`

	// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
	// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
	// the value of this header in the object metadata.
	WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (HeadObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetArchiveStatus added in v1.35.24 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetArchiveStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetArchiveStatus sets the ArchiveStatus field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput

SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput

SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput

SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (*HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput

SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.

func (HeadObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IndexDocument 

type IndexDocument struct {

	// A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website
	// endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request
	// to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object
	// with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must
	// not include a slash character.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Suffix is a required field
	Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the Suffix element.

func (IndexDocument) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IndexDocument) SetSuffix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument

SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value.

func (IndexDocument) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s IndexDocument) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*IndexDocument) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Initiator 

type Initiator struct {

	// Name of the Principal.
	DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

	// If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If
	// the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
	ID *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload.

func (Initiator) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Initiator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Initiator) SetDisplayName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator

SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.

func (*Initiator) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (Initiator) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Initiator) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputSerialization added in v1.12.36 

type InputSerialization struct {

	// Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
	CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default
	// Value: NONE.
	CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"`

	// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
	JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
	Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the serialization format of the object.

func (InputSerialization) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSerialization) SetCSV added in v1.12.36 

func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization

SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.

func (*InputSerialization) SetCompressionType added in v1.13.28 

func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization

SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value.

func (*InputSerialization) SetJSON added in v1.13.28 

func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization

SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.

func (*InputSerialization) SetParquet added in v1.15.28 

func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization

SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value.

func (InputSerialization) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s InputSerialization) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IntelligentTieringAndOperator added in v1.35.24 

type IntelligentTieringAndOperator struct {

	// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
	// the configuration applies.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration
	// to apply.
	Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying S3 Intelligent-Tiering filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies.

func (IntelligentTieringAndOperator) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringAndOperator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetPrefix added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *IntelligentTieringAndOperator

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetTags added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *IntelligentTieringAndOperator

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (IntelligentTieringAndOperator) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringAndOperator) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringAndOperator) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type IntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

type IntelligentTieringConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet
	// the filter's criteria.
	Filter *IntelligentTieringFilter `type:"structure"`

	// The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the status of the configuration.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IntelligentTieringStatus"`

	// Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration.
	//
	// Tierings is a required field
	Tierings []*Tiering `locationName:"Tiering" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.

For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access).

func (IntelligentTieringConfiguration) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetFilter(v *IntelligentTieringFilter) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetId added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetId(v string) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetStatus added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetTierings added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetTierings(v []*Tiering) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration

SetTierings sets the Tierings field's value.

func (IntelligentTieringConfiguration) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type IntelligentTieringFilter added in v1.35.24 

type IntelligentTieringFilter struct {

	// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
	// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
	// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
	And *IntelligentTieringAndOperator `type:"structure"`

	// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
	// the rule applies.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A container of a key value name pair.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Filter is used to identify objects that the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration applies to.

func (IntelligentTieringFilter) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringFilter) SetAnd added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetAnd(v *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) *IntelligentTieringFilter

SetAnd sets the And field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *IntelligentTieringFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*IntelligentTieringFilter) SetTag added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *IntelligentTieringFilter

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (IntelligentTieringFilter) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s IntelligentTieringFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*IntelligentTieringFilter) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

type InventoryConfiguration struct {

	// Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
	// the filter's criteria.
	Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"`

	// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All, the list
	// includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId,
	// IsLatest, and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current, the list does
	// not contain these version-related fields.
	//
	// IncludedObjectVersions is a required field
	IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"`

	// Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True, an
	// inventory list is generated. If set to False, no inventory list is generated.
	//
	// IsEnabled is a required field
	IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`

	// Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
	OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
	//
	// Schedule is a required field
	Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see GET Bucket inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

func (InventoryConfiguration) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration

SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration

SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration

SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value.

func (*InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration

SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.

func (InventoryConfiguration) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventoryConfiguration) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventoryDestination added in v1.5.11 

type InventoryDestination struct {

	// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
	// (optional) where inventory results are published.
	//
	// S3BucketDestination is a required field
	S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (InventoryDestination) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination

SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.

func (InventoryDestination) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventoryDestination) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventoryEncryption added in v1.12.24 

type InventoryEncryption struct {

	// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
	SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
	SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory results.

func (InventoryEncryption) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS added in v1.12.24 

func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption

SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value.

func (*InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3 added in v1.12.24 

func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption

SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value.

func (InventoryEncryption) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventoryEncryption) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventoryFilter added in v1.5.11 

type InventoryFilter struct {

	// The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
	//
	// Prefix is a required field
	Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.

func (InventoryFilter) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventoryFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (InventoryFilter) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventoryFilter) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventoryS3BucketDestination added in v1.5.11 

type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct {

	// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
	// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
	//
	// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
	// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
	AccountId *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will
	// be published.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
	// results.
	Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
	//
	// Format is a required field
	Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"`

	// The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix (optional) where inventory results are published.

func (InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination

SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption added in v1.12.24 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination

SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination

SetFormat sets the Format field's value.

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (InventoryS3BucketDestination) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InventorySchedule added in v1.5.11 

type InventorySchedule struct {

	// Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
	//
	// Frequency is a required field
	Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.

func (InventorySchedule) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InventorySchedule) SetFrequency added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule

SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.

func (InventorySchedule) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s InventorySchedule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InventorySchedule) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type JSONInput added in v1.13.28 

type JSONInput struct {

	// The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.

func (JSONInput) GoString added in v1.13.28 

func (s JSONInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JSONInput) SetType added in v1.13.28 

func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (JSONInput) String added in v1.13.28 

func (s JSONInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JSONOutput added in v1.13.28 

type JSONOutput struct {

	// The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value
	// is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('\n').
	RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.

func (JSONOutput) GoString added in v1.13.28 

func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter added in v1.13.28 

func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput

SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.

func (JSONOutput) String added in v1.13.28 

func (s JSONOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type KeyFilter added in v0.9.5 

type KeyFilter struct {

	// A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for
	// the filter rule.
	FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.

func (KeyFilter) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*KeyFilter) SetFilterRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter

SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value.

func (KeyFilter) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s KeyFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LambdaFunctionConfiguration 

type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct {

	// The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For
	// more information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Events is a required field
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
	// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3
	// invokes when the specified event type occurs.
	//
	// LambdaFunctionArn is a required field
	LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.

func (LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration

SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value.

func (LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LifecycleConfiguration 

type LifecycleConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// Rules is a required field
	Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.

func (LifecycleConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (LifecycleConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LifecycleExpiration 

type LifecycleExpiration struct {

	// Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
	// GMT ISO 8601 Format.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
	// The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
	Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent
	// versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false
	// the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in
	// a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
	ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.

func (LifecycleExpiration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleExpiration) SetDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration

SetDate sets the Date field's value.

func (*LifecycleExpiration) SetDays added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration

SetDays sets the Days field's value.

func (*LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration

SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value.

func (LifecycleExpiration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LifecycleRule 

type LifecycleRule struct {

	// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
	// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
	// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
	// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date,
	// days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
	Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`

	// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
	// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. Filter is
	// required if the LifecycleRule does not containt a Prefix element.
	Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"`

	// Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
	ID *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
	// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
	// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
	// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
	// period in the object's lifetime.
	NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when
	// noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket
	// is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action
	// to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific
	// storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
	NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is
	// no longer used; use Filter instead.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
	Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`

	// If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
	// is not currently being applied.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`

	// Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
	Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (LifecycleRule) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule

SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetFilter added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule

SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule

SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*LifecycleRule) SetTransitions added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule

SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value.

func (LifecycleRule) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LifecycleRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRule) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LifecycleRuleAndOperator added in v1.5.11 

type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct {

	// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule
	// to apply.
	Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.

func (LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LifecycleRuleFilter added in v1.5.11 

type LifecycleRuleFilter struct {

	// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
	// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
	// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
	And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`

	// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.

func (LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter

SetAnd sets the And field's value.

func (*LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (LifecycleRuleFilter) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
	// should begin.
	ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
	AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration
	// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
	ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
	// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
	// will be provided for a subsequent request.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that
	// there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include
	// this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
	NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput

SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value.

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput

SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.

func (ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput added in v1.35.24 

type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or
	// retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
	// should begin.
	ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput added in v1.35.24 

type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
	// should begin.
	ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations for a bucket.
	IntelligentTieringConfigurationList []*IntelligentTieringConfiguration `locationName:"IntelligentTieringConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
	// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
	// will be provided for a subsequent request.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
	// NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
	// request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
	NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfigurationList added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfigurationList(v []*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput

SetIntelligentTieringConfigurationList sets the IntelligentTieringConfigurationList field's value.

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken added in v1.35.24 

func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput

SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.

func (ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been
	// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
	// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
	// that Amazon S3 understands.
	ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this
	// inventory configuration list response.
	ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
	InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete.
	// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
	// is provided for a subsequent request.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
	// NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
	// request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
	NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput

SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value.

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput

SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.

func (ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that
	// has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated
	// list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque
	// value that Amazon S3 understands.
	ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput added in v1.5.11 

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration
	// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
	ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete.
	// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
	// will be provided for a subsequent request.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
	MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been
	// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
	// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
	// that Amazon S3 understands.
	NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput

SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value.

func (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken added in v1.5.11 

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput

SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.

func (ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBucketsInput 

type ListBucketsInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ListBucketsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBucketsOutput 

type ListBucketsOutput struct {

	// The list of buckets owned by the requestor.
	Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"`

	// The owner of the buckets listed.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBucketsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput

SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value.

func (*ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (ListBucketsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListMultipartUploadsInput 

type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Character you use to group keys.
	//
	// All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and
	// the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under
	// a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix
	// parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys
	// that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere
	// in the response.
	Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

	// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
	// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
	// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
	// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
	// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
	// keys in the response.
	EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload
	// after which listing should begin.
	//
	// If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater
	// than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.
	//
	// If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to
	// the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have
	// upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
	KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`

	// Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return
	// in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be
	// returned in a response.
	MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"`

	// Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified
	// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping
	// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
	// use a folder in a file system.)
	Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

	// Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing
	// should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter
	// is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker
	// might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically
	// greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
	UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput

SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.

func (ListMultipartUploadsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListMultipartUploadsOutput 

type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {

	// The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct
	// key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct
	// key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.
	CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify
	// a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.
	Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
	//
	// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
	// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
	// elements:
	//
	// Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key.
	EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A
	// value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated
	// if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified
	// by max uploads.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The key at or after which the listing began.
	KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the
	// response.
	MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
	// used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
	NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
	// used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
	NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified
	// prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// Upload ID after which listing began.
	UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response
	// can contain zero or more Upload elements.
	Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.

func (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput

SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value.

func (ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListObjectVersionsInput 

type ListObjectVersionsInput struct {

	// The bucket name that contains the objects.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that
	// contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the
	// delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These
	// groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys
	// are not returned elsewhere in the response.
	Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

	// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
	// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
	// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
	// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
	// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
	// keys in the response.
	EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
	KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`

	// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
	// action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
	// but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria,
	// but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains
	// <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker
	// and version-id-marker.
	MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

	// Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified
	// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings
	// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
	// use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll
	// up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes.
	Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
	VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput

SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.

func (ListObjectVersionsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListObjectVersionsOutput 

type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct {

	// All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when
	// calculating the number of returns.
	CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Container for an object that is a delete marker.
	DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that
	// you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between
	// the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a
	// single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one
	// result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere
	// in the response.
	Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
	//
	// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
	// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
	// elements:
	//
	// KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter.
	EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
	// satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make
	// a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker
	// response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the
	// rest of the results.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.
	KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.
	MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The bucket name.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker
	// specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria.
	// Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
	NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker
	// specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search
	// criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a
	// subsequent request.
	NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.
	VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Container for version information.
	Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput

SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.

func (ListObjectVersionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListObjectsInput 

type ListObjectsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket containing the objects.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
	Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

	// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
	// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
	// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
	// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
	// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
	// keys in the response.
	EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
	Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`

	// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
	// action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
	// but will never contain more.
	MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

	// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
	Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
	// list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their
	// requests.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (ListObjectsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListObjectsOutput 

type ListObjectsOutput struct {

	// All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single
	// return when calculating the number of returns.
	//
	// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
	//
	// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
	// next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.
	//
	// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
	// by Prefix.
	//
	// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
	// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
	// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
	// the number of returns.
	CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Metadata about each object returned.
	Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
	// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
	// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
	// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
	// the MaxKeys value.
	Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
	EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
	// satisfied the search criteria.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response
	// if it was sent with the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.
	MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The bucket name.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response
	// is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent
	// request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical
	// order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter
	// specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated,
	// you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the
	// subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
	NextMarker *string `type:"string"`

	// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput

SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetContents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput

SetContents sets the Contents field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.

func (*ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (ListObjectsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListObjectsV2Input added in v1.1.24 

type ListObjectsV2Input struct {

	// Bucket name to list.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
	// this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
	// key.
	ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`

	// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
	Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

	// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
	EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return
	// owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to
	// true.
	FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"`

	// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
	// action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
	// but will never contain more.
	MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

	// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
	Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
	// list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter
	// in their requests.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
	// listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.
	StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectsV2Input) GoString added in v1.1.24 

func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input

SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.

func (ListObjectsV2Input) String added in v1.1.24 

func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsV2Input) Validate added in v1.1.24 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListObjectsV2Output added in v1.1.24 

type ListObjectsV2Output struct {

	// All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up into a common prefix count as a single
	// return when calculating the number of returns.
	//
	// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
	//
	// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
	// next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.
	//
	// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
	// by Prefix.
	//
	// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
	// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
	// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
	// the number of returns.
	CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// Metadata about each object returned.
	Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
	ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
	// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
	// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
	// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
	// the MaxKeys value.
	Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

	// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
	//
	// If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this
	// element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following
	// response elements:
	//
	// Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter.
	EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

	// Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys
	// are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified
	// by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will
	// always be less than or equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys,
	// your result will include less than equals 50 keys
	KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
	// action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
	// but will never contain more.
	MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there
	// are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to
	// Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken
	// is obfuscated and is not a real key
	NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
	StartAfter *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListObjectsV2Output) GoString added in v1.1.24 

func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetContents sets the Contents field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output

SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.

func (ListObjectsV2Output) String added in v1.1.24 

func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListPartsInput 

type ListPartsInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
	MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher
	// part numbers will be listed.
	PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
	//
	// UploadId is a required field
	UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPartsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListPartsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListPartsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput

SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput

SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*ListPartsInput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (ListPartsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListPartsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListPartsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListPartsOutput 

type ListPartsOutput struct {

	// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
	// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
	// name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when
	// the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation.
	// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
	// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
	//
	// The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide
	// the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
	AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`

	// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
	// applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
	// incomplete multipart uploads.
	AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`

	// The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If
	// the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information
	// as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides
	// the user ARN and display name.
	Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates
	// that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts
	// exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.
	IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
	MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
	// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
	// in a subsequent request.
	NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created.
	// If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the
	// parent account ID and display name.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
	// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
	// in a subsequent request.
	PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain
	// zero or more Part elements.
	Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded
	// object.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
	UploadId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPartsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput

SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput

SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput

SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput

SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput

SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput

SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetParts added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput

SetParts sets the Parts field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (ListPartsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Location added in v1.12.36 

type Location struct {

	// A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
	AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

	// The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
	//
	// BucketName is a required field
	BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
	CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

	// Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
	Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`

	// The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
	//
	// Prefix is a required field
	Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The class of storage used to store the restore results.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
	Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"`

	// A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
	UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an Amazon S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.

func (Location) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s Location) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Location) SetAccessControlList added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location

SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value.

func (*Location) SetBucketName added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location

SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.

func (*Location) SetCannedACL added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location

SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value.

func (*Location) SetEncryption added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location

SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.

func (*Location) SetPrefix added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*Location) SetStorageClass added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*Location) SetTagging added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (*Location) SetUserMetadata added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location

SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.

func (Location) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s Location) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Location) Validate added in v1.12.36 

func (s *Location) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LoggingEnabled 

type LoggingEnabled struct {

	// Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs.
	// You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the
	// same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets
	// to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should
	// choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered
	// log files can be distinguished by key.
	//
	// TargetBucket is a required field
	TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Container for granting information.
	TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

	// A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon
	// S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which
	// log files came from which bucket.
	//
	// TargetPrefix is a required field
	TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

func (LoggingEnabled) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled

SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value.

func (*LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled

SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value.

func (*LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled

SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value.

func (LoggingEnabled) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*LoggingEnabled) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MetadataEntry added in v1.12.36 

type MetadataEntry struct {

	// Name of the Object.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// Value of the Object.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.

func (MetadataEntry) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetadataEntry) SetName added in v1.12.36 

func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*MetadataEntry) SetValue added in v1.12.36 

func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (MetadataEntry) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s MetadataEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Metrics added in v1.25.39 

type Metrics struct {

	// A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold
	// event.
	EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MetricsStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication metrics and events.

func (Metrics) GoString added in v1.25.39 

func (s Metrics) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Metrics) SetEventThreshold added in v1.25.39 

func (s *Metrics) SetEventThreshold(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *Metrics

SetEventThreshold sets the EventThreshold field's value.

func (*Metrics) SetStatus added in v1.25.39 

func (s *Metrics) SetStatus(v string) *Metrics

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (Metrics) String added in v1.25.39 

func (s Metrics) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Metrics) Validate added in v1.25.39 

func (s *Metrics) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MetricsAndOperator added in v1.5.11 

type MetricsAndOperator struct {

	// The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
	Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.

func (MetricsAndOperator) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*MetricsAndOperator) SetTags added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (MetricsAndOperator) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MetricsAndOperator) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

type MetricsConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will
	// only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a
	// prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
	Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"`

	// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PUT Bucket metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

func (MetricsConfiguration) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*MetricsConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (MetricsConfiguration) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MetricsConfiguration) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MetricsFilter added in v1.5.11 

type MetricsFilter struct {

	// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
	// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
	// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
	And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"`

	// The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).

func (MetricsFilter) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MetricsFilter) SetAnd added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter

SetAnd sets the And field's value.

func (*MetricsFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*MetricsFilter) SetTag added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (MetricsFilter) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s MetricsFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MetricsFilter) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultipartUpload 

type MultipartUpload struct {

	// Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
	Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`

	// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// The class of storage used to store the object.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
	UploadId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object.

func (MultipartUpload) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultipartUpload) SetInitiated added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload

SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value.

func (*MultipartUpload) SetInitiator added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload

SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.

func (*MultipartUpload) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*MultipartUpload) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*MultipartUpload) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (MultipartUpload) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s MultipartUpload) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NoncurrentVersionExpiration 

type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct {

	// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
	// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
	// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.

func (NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration

SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.

func (NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NoncurrentVersionTransition 

type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct {

	// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
	// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
	// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The class of storage used to store the object.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.

func (NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition

SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.

func (*NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (NoncurrentVersionTransition) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NotificationConfiguration 

type NotificationConfiguration struct {

	// Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to
	// invoke them.
	LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events
	// for which to publish messages.
	QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications
	// are generated.
	TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.

func (NotificationConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration

SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value.

func (*NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration

SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value.

func (*NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration

SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value.

func (NotificationConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*NotificationConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated 

type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct {

	// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
	CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration
	// for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue
	// when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
	QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`

	// This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration
	// for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
	// SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
	TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated

SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value.

func (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated

SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value.

func (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated

SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value.

func (NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NotificationConfigurationFilter added in v0.9.5 

type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct {

	// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
	Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (NotificationConfigurationFilter) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Object 

type Object struct {

	// The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to
	// the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an
	// MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object
	// was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
	//
	//    * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
	//    through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 or plaintext,
	//    have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data.
	//
	//    * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
	//    through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C or SSE-KMS,
	//    have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data.
	//
	//    * If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy
	//    operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of
	//    encryption.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve
	// the object.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Creation date of the object.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The owner of the object
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// Size in bytes of the object
	Size *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The class of storage used to store the object.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.

func (Object) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Object) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Object) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*Object) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*Object) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*Object) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*Object) SetSize added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object

SetSize sets the Size field's value.

func (*Object) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (Object) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Object) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ObjectIdentifier 

type ObjectIdentifier struct {

	// Key name of the object.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
	VersionId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects.

func (ObjectIdentifier) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectIdentifier) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (ObjectIdentifier) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ObjectIdentifier) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ObjectLockConfiguration added in v1.15.83 

type ObjectLockConfiguration struct {

	// Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled. Enable
	// ObjectLockEnabled when you apply ObjectLockConfiguration to a bucket.
	ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"`

	// Specifies the Object Lock rule for the specified object. Enable the this
	// rule when you apply ObjectLockConfiguration to a bucket. Bucket settings
	// require both a mode and a period. The period can be either Days or Years
	// but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
	Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters.

func (ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration

SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value.

func (*ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration

SetRule sets the Rule field's value.

func (ObjectLockConfiguration) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ObjectLockLegalHold added in v1.15.83 

type ObjectLockLegalHold struct {

	// Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A Legal Hold configuration for an object.

func (ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ObjectLockLegalHold) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ObjectLockRetention added in v1.15.83 

type ObjectLockRetention struct {

	// Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
	Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`

	// The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
	RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A Retention configuration for an object.

func (ObjectLockRetention) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectLockRetention) SetMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (*ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention

SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value.

func (ObjectLockRetention) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ObjectLockRule added in v1.15.83 

type ObjectLockRule struct {

	// The default Object Lock retention mode and period that you want to apply
	// to new objects placed in the specified bucket. Bucket settings require both
	// a mode and a period. The period can be either Days or Years but you must
	// select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
	DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for an Object Lock rule.

func (ObjectLockRule) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule

SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value.

func (ObjectLockRule) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ObjectVersion 

type ObjectVersion struct {

	// The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
	// of an object.
	IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The object key.
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Date and time the object was last modified.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the owner of the object.
	Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

	// Size in bytes of the object.
	Size *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The class of storage used to store the object.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"`

	// Version ID of an object.
	VersionId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The version of an object.

func (ObjectVersion) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ObjectVersion) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion

SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetOwner added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion

SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetSize added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion

SetSize sets the Size field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*ObjectVersion) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (ObjectVersion) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ObjectVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputLocation added in v1.12.36 

type OutputLocation struct {

	// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
	S3 *Location `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.

func (OutputLocation) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputLocation) SetS3 added in v1.12.36 

func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation

SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.

func (OutputLocation) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s OutputLocation) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputLocation) Validate added in v1.12.36 

func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputSerialization added in v1.12.36 

type OutputSerialization struct {

	// Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
	CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
	JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes how results of the Select job are serialized.

func (OutputSerialization) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputSerialization) SetCSV added in v1.12.36 

func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization

SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.

func (*OutputSerialization) SetJSON added in v1.13.28 

func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization

SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.

func (OutputSerialization) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s OutputSerialization) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Owner 

type Owner struct {

	// Container for the display name of the owner.
	DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

	// Container for the ID of the owner.
	ID *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the owner's display name and ID.

func (Owner) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Owner) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Owner) SetDisplayName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner

SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.

func (*Owner) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (Owner) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Owner) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

type OwnershipControls struct {

	// The container element for an ownership control rule.
	//
	// Rules is a required field
	Rules []*OwnershipControlsRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for a bucket's ownership controls.

func (OwnershipControls) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s OwnershipControls) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OwnershipControls) SetRules added in v1.35.2 

func (s *OwnershipControls) SetRules(v []*OwnershipControlsRule) *OwnershipControls

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (OwnershipControls) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s OwnershipControls) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OwnershipControls) Validate added in v1.35.2 

func (s *OwnershipControls) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OwnershipControlsRule added in v1.35.2 

type OwnershipControlsRule struct {

	// The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.
	//
	// BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to
	// the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control
	// canned ACL.
	//
	// ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is
	// uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.
	//
	// ObjectOwnership is a required field
	ObjectOwnership *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ObjectOwnership"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for an ownership control rule.

func (OwnershipControlsRule) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s OwnershipControlsRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OwnershipControlsRule) SetObjectOwnership added in v1.35.2 

func (s *OwnershipControlsRule) SetObjectOwnership(v string) *OwnershipControlsRule

SetObjectOwnership sets the ObjectOwnership field's value.

func (OwnershipControlsRule) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s OwnershipControlsRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OwnershipControlsRule) Validate added in v1.35.2 

func (s *OwnershipControlsRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ParquetInput added in v1.15.28 

type ParquetInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for Parquet.

func (ParquetInput) GoString added in v1.15.28 

func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ParquetInput) String added in v1.15.28 

func (s ParquetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Part 

type Part struct {

	// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
	ETag *string `type:"string"`

	// Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
	LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and
	// 10,000.
	PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
	Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for elements related to a part.

func (Part) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Part) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Part) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*Part) SetLastModified added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*Part) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (*Part) SetSize added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part

SetSize sets the Size field's value.

func (Part) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Part) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PolicyStatus added in v1.15.77 

type PolicyStatus struct {

	// The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public.
	// FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public.
	IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container element for a bucket's policy status.

func (PolicyStatus) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus

SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value.

func (PolicyStatus) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s PolicyStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Progress added in v1.14.0 

type Progress struct {

	// The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
	BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The current number of bytes of records payload data returned.
	BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The current number of object bytes scanned.
	BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type contains information about progress of an operation.

func (Progress) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s Progress) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Progress) SetBytesProcessed added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress

SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.

func (*Progress) SetBytesReturned added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress

SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.

func (*Progress) SetBytesScanned added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress

SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.

func (Progress) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s Progress) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ProgressEvent added in v1.14.0 

type ProgressEvent struct {

	// The Progress event details.
	Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation.

func (ProgressEvent) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ProgressEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.27.0 

func (s *ProgressEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (*ProgressEvent) SetDetails added in v1.14.0 

func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent

SetDetails sets the Details field's value.

func (ProgressEvent) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s ProgressEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.14.0 

func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration added in v1.15.77 

type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs)
	// for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE
	// causes the following behavior:
	//
	//    * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is
	//    public.
	//
	//    * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
	//
	//    * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
	//
	// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
	BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this
	// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to
	// PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
	//
	// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
	BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and
	// objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to
	// ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
	//
	// Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs
	// and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
	IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this
	// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only
	// AWS service principals and authorized users within this account if the bucket
	// has a public policy.
	//
	// Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except
	// that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including
	// non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
	RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value.

func (*PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value.

func (*PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value.

func (*PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value.

func (PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput added in v1.1.19 

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {

	// Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.
	//
	// AccelerateConfiguration is a required field
	AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.1.19 

func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput

SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value.

func (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String added in v1.1.19 

func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput added in v1.1.19 

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.1.19 

func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.1.19 

func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketAclInput added in v0.9.5 

type PutBucketAclInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`

	// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
	AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The bucket to which to apply the ACL.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
	// bucket.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket.
	//
	// For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions
	// and overwrites of those objects.
	GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAclInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput

SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.

func (*PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (PutBucketAclInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAclInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketAclOutput added in v0.9.5 

type PutBucketAclOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAclOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketAclOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
	//
	// AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field
	AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.

func (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketCorsInput added in v0.9.5 

type PutBucketCorsInput struct {

	// Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon
	// S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
	// S3 User Guide.
	//
	// CORSConfiguration is a required field
	CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketCorsInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput

SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value.

func (*PutBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (PutBucketCorsInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketCorsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketCorsOutput added in v0.9.5 

type PutBucketCorsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketCorsOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketEncryptionInput added in v1.12.24 

type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct {

	// Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with
	// Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS
	// (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature,
	// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
	//
	// ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field
	ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `` /* 130-byte string literal not displayed */
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket added in v1.12.24 

func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.12.24 

func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput

SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketEncryptionInput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketEncryptionOutput added in v1.12.24 

type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput added in v1.35.24 

type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or
	// retrieve.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
	//
	// IntelligentTieringConfiguration is a required field
	IntelligentTieringConfiguration *IntelligentTieringConfiguration `` /* 128-byte string literal not displayed */
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.24 

func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.35.24 

func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration(v *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput

SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration sets the IntelligentTieringConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput added in v1.35.24 

type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the inventory configuration.
	//
	// InventoryConfiguration is a required field
	InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput

SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput added in v0.9.8 

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
	LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput

SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput added in v0.9.8 

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketLifecycleInput 

type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct {

	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.
	LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput

SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketLifecycleInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketLifecycleOutput 

type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketLoggingInput 

type PutBucketLoggingInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Container for logging status information.
	//
	// BucketLoggingStatus is a required field
	BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput

SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value.

func (*PutBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (PutBucketLoggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketLoggingOutput 

type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketLoggingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the metrics configuration.
	//
	// MetricsConfiguration is a required field
	MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput

SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput added in v1.5.11 

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput 

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
	// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
	//
	// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
	NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput

SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput 

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketNotificationInput 

type PutBucketNotificationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The container for the configuration.
	//
	// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
	NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketNotificationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput

SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketNotificationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketNotificationOutput 

type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketNotificationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput added in v1.35.2 

type PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to set.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerPreferred or ObjectWriter) that you want
	// to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// OwnershipControls is a required field
	OwnershipControls *OwnershipControls `locationName:"OwnershipControls" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket added in v1.35.2 

func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.35.2 

func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetOwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetOwnershipControls(v *OwnershipControls) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput

SetOwnershipControls sets the OwnershipControls field's value.

func (PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate added in v1.35.2 

func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput added in v1.35.2 

type PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString added in v1.35.2 

func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String added in v1.35.2 

func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketPolicyInput 

type PutBucketPolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions
	// to change this bucket policy in the future.
	ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
	//
	// Policy is a required field
	Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess added in v1.12.24 

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput

SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value.

func (*PutBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput

SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.

func (PutBucketPolicyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketPolicyOutput 

type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketPolicyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketReplicationInput 

type PutBucketReplicationInput struct {

	// The name of the bucket
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
	// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
	//
	// ReplicationConfiguration is a required field
	ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
	Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput

SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.

func (*PutBucketReplicationInput) SetToken added in v1.19.32 

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput

SetToken sets the Token field's value.

func (PutBucketReplicationInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketReplicationOutput 

type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketReplicationOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput 

type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Container for Payer.
	//
	// RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field
	RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput

SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput 

type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketTaggingInput 

type PutBucketTaggingInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.
	//
	// Tagging is a required field
	Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (PutBucketTaggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketTaggingOutput 

type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketTaggingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketVersioningInput 

type PutBucketVersioningInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
	// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
	MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

	// Container for setting the versioning state.
	//
	// VersioningConfiguration is a required field
	VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput

SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.

func (*PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput

SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketVersioningInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketVersioningOutput 

type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketVersioningOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutBucketWebsiteInput 

type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Container for the request.
	//
	// WebsiteConfiguration is a required field
	WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput

SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value.

func (PutBucketWebsiteInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutBucketWebsiteOutput 

type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectAclInput added in v0.9.5 

type PutObjectAclInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

	// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
	AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the
	// ACL.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
	// bucket.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket.
	//
	// For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions
	// and overwrites of those objects.
	GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

	// Key for which the PUT action was initiated.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectAclInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput

SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectAclInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectAclInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectAclOutput added in v0.9.5 

type PutObjectAclOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectAclOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (PutObjectAclOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectInput 

type PutObjectInput struct {

	// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

	// Object data.
	Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`

	// The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption
	// with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header
	// to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with
	// SSE-KMS.
	//
	// Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings
	// for S3 Bucket Key.
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For
	// more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9
	// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9).
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information,
	// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1).
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
	// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11).
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
	// body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13
	// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13).
	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers)
	// according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check
	// to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although
	// it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end
	// integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication,
	// see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html).
	ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information,
	// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17).
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information,
	// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21).
	Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

	// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

	// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
	//
	// This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
	GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the PUT action was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information
	// about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Must
	// be formatted as a timestamp parameter.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
	// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
	// encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
	// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for
	// the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not
	// providex-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the AWS
	// managed CMK in AWS to protect the data. If the KMS key does not exist in
	// the same account issuing the command, you must use the full ARN and not just
	// the ID.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created
	// objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability.
	// Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class.
	// Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information,
	// see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
	// (For example, "Key1=Value1")
	Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

	// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
	// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
	// the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object
	// metadata, see Object Key and Metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html).
	//
	// In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object
	// (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
	//
	// x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
	//
	// In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to
	// another website:
	//
	// x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
	//
	// For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites
	// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html)
	// and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html).
	WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectInput) SetACL added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetACL sets the ACL field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetBody added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *PutObjectInput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentLength added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5 added in v1.12.2 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetContentType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetExpires added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetMetadata added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (*PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput

SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.

func (PutObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectLegalHoldInput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold
	// on.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the
	// specified object.
	LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {

	// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
	ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
	Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput

SetToken sets the Token field's value.

func (PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectOutput 

type PutObjectOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

	// If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html)),
	// the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id
	// key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value
	// of the rule-id is URL encoded.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
	// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
	// the encryption context key-value pairs.
	SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
	// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master
	// key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response
	// includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3
	// used to encrypt the object.
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// Version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *PutObjectOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext added in v1.20.15 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectRetentionInput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectRetentionInput struct {

	// The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention
	// configuration to.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates whether this action should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.
	BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
	// configuration to.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
	Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
	// configuration to.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectRetentionInput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectRetentionOutput added in v1.15.83 

type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.15.83 

func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (PutObjectRetentionOutput) String added in v1.15.83 

func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutObjectTaggingInput added in v1.5.11 

type PutObjectTaggingInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Name of the object key.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements
	//
	// Tagging is a required field
	Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.37.20 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectTaggingInput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutObjectTaggingOutput added in v1.5.11 

type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct {

	// The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.11 

func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (PutObjectTaggingOutput) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutPublicAccessBlockInput added in v1.15.77 

type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
	// want to set.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
	// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
	// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
	// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field
	PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `` /* 127-byte string literal not displayed */
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput

SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.

func (PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate added in v1.15.77 

func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput added in v1.15.77 

type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString added in v1.15.77 

func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String added in v1.15.77 

func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type QueueConfiguration 

type QueueConfiguration struct {

	// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
	//
	// Events is a required field
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
	// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
	// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
	//
	// QueueArn is a required field
	QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.

func (QueueConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*QueueConfiguration) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*QueueConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*QueueConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration

SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value.

func (QueueConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*QueueConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type QueueConfigurationDeprecated 

type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct {

	// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
	//
	// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
	Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

	// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications.
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
	// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
	Queue *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is deprecated. Use QueueConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_QueueConfiguration.html) for the same purposes. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.

func (QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated

SetEvent sets the Event field's value.

func (*QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue added in v1.5.0 

func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated

SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.

func (QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RecordsEvent added in v1.14.0 

type RecordsEvent struct {

	// The byte array of partial, one or more result records.
	//
	// Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	Payload []byte `type:"blob"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The container for the records event.

func (RecordsEvent) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RecordsEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.27.0 

func (s *RecordsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (*RecordsEvent) SetPayload added in v1.14.0 

func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent

SetPayload sets the Payload field's value.

func (RecordsEvent) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s RecordsEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.14.0 

func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type Redirect 

type Redirect struct {

	// The host name to use in the redirect request.
	HostName *string `type:"string"`

	// The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the
	// siblings is present.
	HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"`

	// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
	// is used in the original request.
	Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`

	// The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect
	// requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to
	// documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/
	// and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required
	// if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith
	// is not provided.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"`

	// The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect
	// request to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can
	// be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies how requests are redirected. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.

func (Redirect) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Redirect) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Redirect) SetHostName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect

SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.

func (*Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect

SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value.

func (*Redirect) SetProtocol added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect

SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.

func (*Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect

SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value.

func (*Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect

SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value.

func (Redirect) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Redirect) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RedirectAllRequestsTo 

type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct {

	// Name of the host where requests are redirected.
	//
	// HostName is a required field
	HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
	// is used in the original request.
	Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo

SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.

func (*RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo

SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.

func (RedirectAllRequestsTo) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicaModifications added in v1.35.37 

type ReplicaModifications struct {

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicaModificationsStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A filter that you can specify for selection for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications on replicas.

If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed.

func (ReplicaModifications) GoString added in v1.35.37 

func (s ReplicaModifications) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicaModifications) SetStatus added in v1.35.37 

func (s *ReplicaModifications) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicaModifications

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ReplicaModifications) String added in v1.35.37 

func (s ReplicaModifications) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicaModifications) Validate added in v1.35.37 

func (s *ReplicaModifications) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationConfiguration 

type ReplicationConfiguration struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information,
	// see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration
	// must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
	//
	// Rules is a required field
	Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.

func (ReplicationConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (ReplicationConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationRule 

type ReplicationRule struct {

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter
	// in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication
	// element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication
	// Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating
	// delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic
	// Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).
	//
	// For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html).
	//
	// If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon
	// S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information,
	// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).
	DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"`

	// A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations
	// including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more
	// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"`

	// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
	// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
	Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
	ID *string `type:"string"`

	// An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which
	// the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include
	// all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
	Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`

	// The priority indicates which rule has precedence whenever two or more replication
	// rules conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to
	// all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with the same
	// destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the rule
	// with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority.
	//
	// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Priority *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
	// objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
	// replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
	// that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
	// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
	SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether the rule is enabled.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas.

func (ReplicationRule) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule

SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetDestination added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication added in v1.25.37 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule

SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetFilter added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetPriority added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule

SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule

SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value.

func (*ReplicationRule) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ReplicationRule) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReplicationRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRule) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationRuleAndOperator added in v1.15.38 

type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct {

	// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
	// the rule applies.
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of tags containing key and value pairs.
	Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify more than one filter.

For example:

  • If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in an And tag.

  • If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements in an And tag.

func (ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString added in v1.15.38 

func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String added in v1.15.38 

func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationRuleFilter added in v1.15.38 

type ReplicationRuleFilter struct {

	// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
	// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
	// specify more than one filter. For example:
	//
	//    * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
	//    an And tag.
	//
	//    * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
	//    in an And tag.
	And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`

	// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
	// the rule applies.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A container for specifying a tag key and value.
	//
	// The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.

func (ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString added in v1.15.38 

func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter

SetAnd sets the And field's value.

func (*ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (ReplicationRuleFilter) String added in v1.15.38 

func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate added in v1.15.38 

func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationTime added in v1.25.39 

type ReplicationTime struct {

	// Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationTimeStatus"`

	// A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for
	// all objects and operations on objects.
	//
	// Time is a required field
	Time *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related information, including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.

func (ReplicationTime) GoString added in v1.25.39 

func (s ReplicationTime) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationTime) SetStatus added in v1.25.39 

func (s *ReplicationTime) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTime

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*ReplicationTime) SetTime added in v1.25.39 

func (s *ReplicationTime) SetTime(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *ReplicationTime

SetTime sets the Time field's value.

func (ReplicationTime) String added in v1.25.39 

func (s ReplicationTime) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationTime) Validate added in v1.25.39 

func (s *ReplicationTime) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplicationTimeValue added in v1.25.39 

type ReplicationTimeValue struct {

	// Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
	//
	// Valid values: 15 minutes.
	Minutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) and replication metrics EventThreshold.

func (ReplicationTimeValue) GoString added in v1.25.39 

func (s ReplicationTimeValue) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes added in v1.25.39 

func (s *ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes(v int64) *ReplicationTimeValue

SetMinutes sets the Minutes field's value.

func (ReplicationTimeValue) String added in v1.25.39 

func (s ReplicationTimeValue) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RequestFailure added in v1.8.0 

type RequestFailure interface {
	awserr.RequestFailure

	// Host ID is the S3 Host ID needed for debug, and contacting support
	HostID() string
}

A RequestFailure provides access to the S3 Request ID and Host ID values returned from API operation errors. Getting the error as a string will return the formated error with the same information as awserr.RequestFailure, while also adding the HostID value from the response.

type RequestPaymentConfiguration 

type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
	//
	// Payer is a required field
	Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for Payer.

func (RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration

SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.

func (RequestPaymentConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RequestProgress added in v1.14.0 

type RequestProgress struct {

	// Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values:
	// TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for specifying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent.

func (RequestProgress) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RequestProgress) SetEnabled added in v1.14.0 

func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress

SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.

func (RequestProgress) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s RequestProgress) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreObjectInput 

type RestoreObjectInput struct {

	// The bucket name containing the object to restore.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the action was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Container for restore job parameters.
	RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

	// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreObjectInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *RestoreObjectInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput

SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (RestoreObjectInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreObjectInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreObjectOutput 

type RestoreObjectOutput struct {

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results
	// will be restored to.
	RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreObjectOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput

SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value.

func (RestoreObjectOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreRequest 

type RestoreRequest struct {

	// Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify
	// OutputLocation.
	//
	// The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided
	// for select requests.
	Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The optional description for the job.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores
	// that specify OutputLocation.
	GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"`

	// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
	OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`

	// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
	SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`

	// Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
	Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"`

	// Type of restore request.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for restore job parameters.

func (RestoreRequest) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreRequest) SetDays added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest

SetDays sets the Days field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetDescription added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters added in v1.5.10 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest

SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest

SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest

SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetTier added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest

SetTier sets the Tier field's value.

func (*RestoreRequest) SetType added in v1.12.36 

func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (RestoreRequest) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreRequest) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RoutingRule 

type RoutingRule struct {

	// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
	// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
	// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
	// redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
	Condition *Condition `type:"structure"`

	// Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another
	// host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error,
	// you can specify a different error code to return.
	//
	// Redirect is a required field
	Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (RoutingRule) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RoutingRule) SetCondition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule

SetCondition sets the Condition field's value.

func (*RoutingRule) SetRedirect added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule

SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value.

func (RoutingRule) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RoutingRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RoutingRule) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Rule added in v0.9.8 

type Rule struct {

	// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
	// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
	// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
	// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
	Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`

	// Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
	ID *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
	// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
	// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
	// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
	// period in the object's lifetime.
	NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`

	// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
	// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER,
	// or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
	// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
	// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
	// GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
	// lifetime.
	NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"`

	// Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule
	// applies.
	//
	// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such
	// as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML
	// related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints).
	//
	// Prefix is a required field
	Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// If Enabled, the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled, the rule is
	// not currently being applied.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`

	// Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more
	// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning
	// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Transition *Transition `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlifecycle.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference. For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html#API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration_Examples).

func (Rule) GoString added in v0.9.8 

func (s Rule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule

SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.

func (*Rule) SetExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*Rule) SetID added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule

SetID sets the ID field's value.

func (*Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule

SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.

func (*Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule

SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value.

func (*Rule) SetPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule

SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.

func (*Rule) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*Rule) SetTransition added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule

SetTransition sets the Transition field's value.

func (Rule) String added in v0.9.8 

func (s Rule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Rule) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Rule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type S3 

type S3 struct {
	*client.Client
}

S3 provides the API operation methods for making requests to Amazon Simple Storage Service. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

S3 methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *S3

New creates a new instance of the S3 client with a session. If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.

Example: 

mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession())

// Create a S3 client from just a session.
svc := s3.New(mySession)

// Create a S3 client with additional configuration
svc := s3.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))

func (*S3) AbortMultipartUpload 

func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error)

AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.

To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) action and ensure that the parts list is empty.

For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).

The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload" The specified multipart upload does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload

Example (Shared00)

To abort a multipart upload

The following example aborts a multipart upload. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.AbortMultipartUploadInput{
		Bucket:   aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:      aws.String("bigobject"),
		UploadId: aws.String("xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.AbortMultipartUpload(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchUpload:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchUpload, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest 

func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput)

AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload

func (*S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error)

AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) CompleteMultipartUpload 

func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error)

CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.

You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded.

Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded.

Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html).

For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).

For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).

CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:

  • Error code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. 400 Bad Request

  • Error code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. 400 Bad Request

  • Error code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number. 400 Bad Request

  • Error code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. 404 Not Found

The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload

Example (Shared00)

To complete multipart upload

The following example completes a multipart upload. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.CompleteMultipartUploadInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("bigobject"),
		MultipartUpload: &s3.CompletedMultipartUpload{
			Parts: []*s3.CompletedPart{
				{
					ETag:       aws.String("\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\""),
					PartNumber: aws.Int64(1),
				},
				{
					ETag:       aws.String("\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\""),
					PartNumber: aws.Int64(2),
				},
			},
		},
		UploadId: aws.String("7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.CompleteMultipartUpload(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest 

func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput)

CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload

func (*S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error)

CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) CopyObject 

func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error)

CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.

You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html).

All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.

A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.

If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.

The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/).

Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).

Metadata

When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).

To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html). 

x-amz-copy-source-if Headers

To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true

All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.

Server-side encryption

When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).

If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers

When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).

Storage Class Options

You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Versioning

By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource.

If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.

If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.

If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html).

The following operations are related to CopyObject:

For more information, see Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation CopyObject for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" The source object of the COPY action is not in the active tier and is only stored in Amazon S3 Glacier.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject

Example (Shared00)

To copy an object

The following example copies an object from one bucket to another. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.CopyObjectInput{
		Bucket:     aws.String("destinationbucket"),
		CopySource: aws.String("/sourcebucket/HappyFacejpg"),
		Key:        aws.String("HappyFaceCopyjpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.CopyObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) CopyObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput)

CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject

func (*S3) CopyObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error)

CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) CreateBucket 

func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error)

CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.

Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/bucketnamingrules.html).

If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_control_CreateBucket.html).

By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).

If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html).

When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.

  • Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).

  • Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

The following operations are related to CreateBucket:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists" The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again.

  • ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket

Example (Shared00)

To create a bucket in a specific region

The following example creates a bucket. The request specifies an AWS region where to create the bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.CreateBucketInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		CreateBucketConfiguration: &s3.CreateBucketConfiguration{
			LocationConstraint: aws.String("eu-west-1"),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.CreateBucket(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists, aerr.Error())
			case s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To create a bucket

The following example creates a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.CreateBucketInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.CreateBucket(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists, aerr.Error())
			case s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) CreateBucketRequest 

func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput)

CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket

func (*S3) CreateBucketWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error)

CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) CreateMultipartUpload 

func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error)

CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html)). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.

For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html).

If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).

For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).

For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).

After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.

You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) and UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload.

To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.

For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).

Access Permissions

When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers

You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.

  • Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) – If you want AWS to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).

  • Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).

Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers

You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:

  • Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).

  • Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly, use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload

Example (Shared00)

To initiate a multipart upload

The following example initiates a multipart upload. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.CreateMultipartUploadInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("largeobject"),
	}

	result, err := svc.CreateMultipartUpload(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest 

func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput)

CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload

func (*S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error)

CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucket 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error)

DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket

Example (Shared00)

To delete a bucket

The following example deletes the specified bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("forrandall2"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucket(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput)

DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketCors added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error)

DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.

For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors

Example (Shared00)

To delete cors configuration on a bucket.

The following example deletes CORS configuration on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketCorsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketCors(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput)

DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors

func (*S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error)

DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketEncryption added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the DELETE action removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption

func (*S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput)

DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption

func (*S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access).

Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput)

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).

Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput)

DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.

There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.

For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions).

Related actions include:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle

Example (Shared00)

To delete lifecycle configuration on a bucket.

The following example deletes lifecycle configuration on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketLifecycle(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput)

DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle

func (*S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput)

DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControls(input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

DeleteBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html).

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls:

  • GetBucketOwnershipControls

  • PutBucketOwnershipControls

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput)

DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketPolicy 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error)

DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.

If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy

Example (Shared00)

To delete bucket policy

The following example deletes bucket policy on the specified bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketPolicyInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketPolicy(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput)

DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy

func (*S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error)

DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketReplication 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.

For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication

Example (Shared00)

To delete bucket replication configuration

The following example deletes replication configuration set on bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketReplicationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("example"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketReplication(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput)

DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication

func (*S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error)

DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput)

DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket

func (*S3) DeleteBucketTagging 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error)

DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Deletes the tags from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging

Example (Shared00)

To delete bucket tags

The following example deletes bucket tags. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput)

DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging

func (*S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error)

DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketWebsite 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.

This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.

For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite

Example (Shared00)

To delete bucket website configuration

The following example deletes bucket website configuration. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteBucketWebsite(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput)

DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite

func (*S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteBucketWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error)

DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteObject 

func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error)

DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful.

To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.

If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.

For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html). To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete).

You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html)) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.

The following action is related to DeleteObject:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject

Example (Shared00)

To delete an object (from a non-versioned bucket)

The following example deletes an object from a non-versioned bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("ExampleBucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To delete an object

The following example deletes an object from an S3 bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("objectkey.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput)

DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject

func (*S3) DeleteObjectTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error)

DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action.

To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging

Example (Shared00)

To remove tag set from an object

The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, the operation removes tag set from the latest object version. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObjectTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To remove tag set from an object version

The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object version. The request specifies both the object key and object version. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectTaggingInput{
		Bucket:    aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:       aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
		VersionId: aws.String("ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI"),
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObjectTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput)

DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging

func (*S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error)

DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error)

DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeleteObjects 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error)

DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.

The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.

The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.

When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete).

Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.

The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects

Example (Shared00)

To delete multiple objects from a versioned bucket

The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The bucket is versioned, and the request does not specify the object version to delete. In this case, all versions remain in the bucket and S3 adds a delete marker. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Delete: &s3.Delete{
			Objects: []*s3.ObjectIdentifier{
				{
					Key: aws.String("objectkey1"),
				},
				{
					Key: aws.String("objectkey2"),
				},
			},
			Quiet: aws.Bool(false),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObjects(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To delete multiple object versions from a versioned bucket

The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The request specifies object versions. S3 deletes specific object versions and returns the key and versions of deleted objects in the response. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.DeleteObjectsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Delete: &s3.Delete{
			Objects: []*s3.ObjectIdentifier{
				{
					Key:       aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
					VersionId: aws.String("2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b"),
				},
				{
					Key:       aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
					VersionId: aws.String("yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd"),
				},
			},
			Quiet: aws.Bool(false),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.DeleteObjects(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) DeleteObjectsRequest 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput)

DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects

func (*S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error)

DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput)

DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration added in v1.1.19 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) operation.

A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.

For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest added in v1.1.19 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketAcl added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error)

GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl

func (*S3) GetBucketAclRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput)

GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl

func (*S3) GetBucketAclWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error)

GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketCors added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error)

GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

For more information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors

Example (Shared00)

To get cors configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) configuration set on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketCorsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketCors(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketCorsRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput)

GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors

func (*S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error)

GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketEncryption added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. If the bucket does not have a default encryption configuration, GetBucketEncryption returns ServerSideEncryptionConfigurationNotFoundError.

For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html).

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption

func (*S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput)

GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption

func (*S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access).

Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycle deprecated 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html). If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility.

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle

Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated

Example (Shared00)

To get a bucket acl

The following example gets ACL on the specified bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketLifecycleInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("acl1"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketLifecycle(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration added in v0.9.8 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html).

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration

Example (Shared00)

To get lifecycle configuration on a bucket

The following example retrieves lifecycle configuration on set on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.8 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest deprecated 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput)

GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle

Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated

func (*S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext deprecated added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated

func (*S3) GetBucketLocation 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error)

GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html).

To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.

The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation

Example (Shared00)

To get bucket location

The following example returns bucket location. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketLocationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketLocation(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketLocationRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput)

GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation

func (*S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error)

GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketLogging 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error)

GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.

The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging

func (*S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput)

GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging

func (*S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error)

GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput)

GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketNotification deprecated 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error)

GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification

Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated

Example (Shared00)

To get notification configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketNotification(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To get notification configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketNotification(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error)

GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.

If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.

By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.

For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration)

GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration

func (*S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error)

GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest deprecated 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated)

GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification

Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated

func (*S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext deprecated added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error)

GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated

func (*S3) GetBucketOwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControls(input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

GetBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls:

  • PutBucketOwnershipControls

  • DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput)

GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the GetBucketOwnershipControls API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

GetBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as GetBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicy 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error)

GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.

If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy

Example (Shared00)

To get bucket policy

The following example returns bucket policy associated with a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketPolicyInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketPolicy(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput)

GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error)

GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).

The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput)

GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error)

GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error)

GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketReplication 

func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error)

GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.

It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can return a wrong result.

For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This action requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response also returns those elements.

For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList)

The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication

Example (Shared00)

To get replication configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns replication configuration set on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketReplicationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketReplication(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput)

GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication

func (*S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error)

GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketRequestPayment 

func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error)

GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).

The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment

Example (Shared00)

To get bucket versioning configuration

The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketRequestPayment(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput)

GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment

func (*S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error)

GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketTagging 

func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error)

GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

GetBucketTagging has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchTagSetError Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.

The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging

Example (Shared00)

To get tag set associated with a bucket

The following example returns tag set associated with a bucket 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput)

GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging

func (*S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error)

GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketVersioning 

func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error)

GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the versioning state of a bucket.

To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.

The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning

Example (Shared00)

To get bucket versioning configuration

The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketVersioningInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketVersioning(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput)

GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning

func (*S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error)

GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetBucketWebsite 

func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).

This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite

Example (Shared00)

To get bucket website configuration

The following example retrieves website configuration of a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetBucketWebsiteInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetBucketWebsite(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest 

func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput)

GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite

func (*S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObject 

func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error)

GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.

An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg.

To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket).

To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html). For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html).

If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html). Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html).

Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).

Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.

Permissions

You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

  • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.

  • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.

Versioning

By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.

If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.

For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketVersioning.html).

Overriding Response Header Values

There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.

You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.

You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.

  • response-content-type

  • response-content-language

  • response-expires

  • response-cache-control

  • response-content-disposition

  • response-content-encoding

Additional Considerations about Request Headers

If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).

The following operations are related to GetObject:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObject for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" The specified key does not exist.

  • ErrCodeInvalidObjectState "InvalidObjectState" Object is archived and inaccessible until restored.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject

Example (Shared00)

To retrieve a byte range of an object

The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket. The request specifies the range header to retrieve a specific byte range. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("SampleFile.txt"),
		Range:  aws.String("bytes=0-9"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey, aerr.Error())
			case s3.ErrCodeInvalidObjectState:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeInvalidObjectState, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To retrieve an object

The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey, aerr.Error())
			case s3.ErrCodeInvalidObjectState:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeInvalidObjectState, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetObjectAcl added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error)

GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have READ_ACP access to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Versioning

By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.

The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" The specified key does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl

Example (Shared00)

To retrieve object ACL

The following example retrieves access control list (ACL) of an object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectAclInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObjectAcl(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetObjectAclRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput)

GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl

func (*S3) GetObjectAclWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error)

GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectLegalHold added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error)

GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold

func (*S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput)

GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold

func (*S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error)

GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error)

GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration

func (*S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput)

GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration

func (*S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error)

GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput)

GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject

func (*S3) GetObjectRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error)

GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention

func (*S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput)

GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention

func (*S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error)

GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error)

GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action.

By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).

The following action is related to GetObjectTagging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging

Example (Shared00)

To retrieve tag set of a specific object version

The following example retrieves tag set of an object. The request specifies object version. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectTaggingInput{
		Bucket:    aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:       aws.String("exampleobject"),
		VersionId: aws.String("ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObjectTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To retrieve tag set of an object

The following example retrieves tag set of an object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObjectTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput)

GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging

func (*S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error)

GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectTorrent 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error)

GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html).

You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.

To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent

Example (Shared00)

To retrieve torrent files for an object

The following example retrieves torrent files of an object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.GetObjectTorrentInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.GetObjectTorrent(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput)

GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent

func (*S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error)

GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error)

GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) GetPublicAccessBlock added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).

The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput)

GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) HeadBucket 

func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error)

HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.

If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" The specified bucket does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket

Example (Shared00)

To determine if bucket exists

This operation checks to see if a bucket exists. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.HeadBucketInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("acl1"),
	}

	result, err := svc.HeadBucket(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) HeadBucketRequest 

func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput)

HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method.
req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket

func (*S3) HeadBucketWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error)

HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) HeadObject 

func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error)

HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.

A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).

  • Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.

  • The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.

Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html).

Consider the following when using request headers:

  • Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

  • Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).

Permissions

You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

  • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.

  • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.

The following action is related to HeadObject:

See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses for more information on returned errors.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject

Example (Shared00)

To retrieve metadata of an object without returning the object itself

The following example retrieves an object metadata. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.HeadObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.HeadObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) HeadObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput)

HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject

func (*S3) HeadObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error)

HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).

The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput)

ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations(input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access).

Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput)

ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html)

The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput)

ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).

The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput)

ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations

func (*S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error)

ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListBuckets 

func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error)

ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets

Example (Shared00)

To list object versions

The following example return versions of an object with specific key name prefix. The request limits the number of items returned to two. If there are are more than two object version, S3 returns NextToken in the response. You can specify this token value in your next request to fetch next set of object versions. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListBucketsInput{}

	result, err := svc.ListBuckets(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListBucketsRequest 

func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput)

ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets

func (*S3) ListBucketsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error)

ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListMultipartUploads 

func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error)

ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.

This action returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters.

In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.

For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).

For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).

The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads

Example (Shared00)

To list in-progress multipart uploads on a bucket

The following example lists in-progress multipart uploads on a specific bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListMultipartUploadsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListMultipartUploads(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

List next set of multipart uploads when previous result is truncated

The following example specifies the upload-id-marker and key-marker from previous truncated response to retrieve next setup of multipart uploads. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListMultipartUploadsInput{
		Bucket:         aws.String("examplebucket"),
		KeyMarker:      aws.String("nextkeyfrompreviousresponse"),
		MaxUploads:     aws.Int64(2),
		UploadIdMarker: aws.String("valuefrompreviousresponse"),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListMultipartUploads(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages 

func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
    func(page *s3.ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest 

func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput)

ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads

func (*S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error)

ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjectVersions 

func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error)

ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.

A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions

Example (Shared00)

To list object versions

The following example return versions of an object with specific key name prefix. The request limits the number of items returned to two. If there are are more than two object version, S3 returns NextToken in the response. You can specify this token value in your next request to fetch next set of object versions. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListObjectVersionsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Prefix: aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListObjectVersions(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListObjectVersionsPages 

func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params,
    func(page *s3.ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest 

func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput)

ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions

func (*S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error)

ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjects 

func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error)

ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html), when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.

The following operations are related to ListObjects:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListObjects for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" The specified bucket does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects

Example (Shared00)

To list objects in a bucket

The following example list two objects in a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListObjectsInput{
		Bucket:  aws.String("examplebucket"),
		MaxKeys: aws.Int64(2),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListObjects(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListObjectsPages 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListObjectsPages(params,
    func(page *s3.ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjectsRequest 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput)

ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects

func (*S3) ListObjectsV2 added in v1.1.24 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error)

ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. Objects are returned sorted in an ascending order of the respective key names in the list. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ListingKeysUsingAPIs.html)

To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.

To use this action in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html).

To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html).

The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" The specified bucket does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2

Example (Shared00)

To get object list

The following example retrieves object list. The request specifies max keys to limit response to include only 2 object keys. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListObjectsV2Input{
		Bucket:  aws.String("examplebucket"),
		MaxKeys: aws.Int64(2),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListObjectsV2(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchBucket, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListObjectsV2Pages added in v1.1.34 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error

ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params,
    func(page *s3.ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjectsV2Request added in v1.1.24 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output)

ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2 API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method.
req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2

func (*S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error)

ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListObjectsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error)

ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListParts 

func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error)

ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html)). This request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.

For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).

For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).

The following operations are related to ListParts:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation ListParts for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts

Example (Shared00)

To list parts of a multipart upload.

The following example lists parts uploaded for a specific multipart upload. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.ListPartsInput{
		Bucket:   aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:      aws.String("bigobject"),
		UploadId: aws.String("example7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.ListParts(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) ListPartsPages 

func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
    func(page *s3.ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) ListPartsRequest 

func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput)

ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts

func (*S3) ListPartsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error)

ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration added in v1.1.19 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:

  • Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.

  • Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.

The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.

After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.

The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (".").

For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest added in v1.1.19 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketAcl added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error)

PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission.

You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:

  • Specify the ACL in the request body

  • Specify permissions using request headers

You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.

Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.

Access Permissions

You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:

  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).

  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

Grantee Values

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl

Example (Shared00)

Put bucket acl

The following example replaces existing ACL on a bucket. The ACL grants the bucket owner (specified using the owner ID) and write permission to the LogDelivery group. Because this is a replace operation, you must specify all the grants in your request. To incrementally add or remove ACL grants, you might use the console. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketAclInput{
		Bucket:           aws.String("examplebucket"),
		GrantFullControl: aws.String("id=examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484"),
		GrantWrite:       aws.String("uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketAcl(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketAclRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput)

PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl

func (*S3) PutBucketAclWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error)

PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

Special Errors

  • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid argument.

  • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

  • HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketCors added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error)

PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.

To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.

To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.

When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:

  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.

  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.

  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.

For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors

Example (Shared00)

To set cors configuration on a bucket.

The following example enables PUT, POST, and DELETE requests from www.example.com, and enables GET requests from any domain. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketCorsInput{
		Bucket: aws.String(""),
		CORSConfiguration: &s3.CORSConfiguration{
			CORSRules: []*s3.CORSRule{
				{
					AllowedHeaders: []*string{
						aws.String("*"),
					},
					AllowedMethods: []*string{
						aws.String("PUT"),
						aws.String("POST"),
						aws.String("DELETE"),
					},
					AllowedOrigins: []*string{
						aws.String("http://www.example.com"),
					},
					ExposeHeaders: []*string{
						aws.String("x-amz-server-side-encryption"),
					},
					MaxAgeSeconds: aws.Int64(3000),
				},
				{
					AllowedHeaders: []*string{
						aws.String("Authorization"),
					},
					AllowedMethods: []*string{
						aws.String("GET"),
					},
					AllowedOrigins: []*string{
						aws.String("*"),
					},
					MaxAgeSeconds: aws.Int64(3000),
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketCors(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketCorsRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput)

PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors

func (*S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error)

PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketEncryption added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket.

Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS customer master keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. For information about default encryption, see Amazon S3 default bucket encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This action requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption

func (*S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput)

PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption

func (*S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext added in v1.12.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error)

PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access).

Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.

Special Errors

  • HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument

  • HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

  • HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext added in v1.35.24 

func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.

Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket.

When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Special Errors

  • HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument

  • HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

  • HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycle deprecated 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html). This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

  • s3:DeleteObject

  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion

  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration

For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples).

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle

Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration added in v0.9.8 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).

Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html).

Rules

You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule consists of the following:

  • Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.

  • Status whether the rule is in effect.

  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.

For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html).

Permissions

By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

  • s3:DeleteObject

  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion

  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration

For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration

Example (Shared00)

Put bucket lifecycle

The following example replaces existing lifecycle configuration, if any, on the specified bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		LifecycleConfiguration: &s3.BucketLifecycleConfiguration{
			Rules: []*s3.LifecycleRule{
				{
					Expiration: &s3.LifecycleExpiration{
						Days: aws.Int64(3650),
					},
					Filter: &s3.LifecycleRuleFilter{
						Prefix: aws.String("documents/"),
					},
					ID:     aws.String("TestOnly"),
					Status: aws.String("Enabled"),
					Transitions: []*s3.Transition{
						{
							Days:         aws.Int64(365),
							StorageClass: aws.String("GLACIER"),
						},
					},
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.8 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest deprecated 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput)

PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle

Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext deprecated added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error)

PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketLogging 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error)

PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.

Grantee Values

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:

<BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" />

For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html).

For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html). For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging

Example (Shared00)

Set logging configuration for a bucket

The following example sets logging policy on a bucket. For the Log Delivery group to deliver logs to the destination bucket, it needs permission for the READ_ACP action which the policy grants. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketLoggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("sourcebucket"),
		BucketLoggingStatus: &s3.BucketLoggingStatus{
			LoggingEnabled: &s3.LoggingEnabled{
				TargetBucket: aws.String("targetbucket"),
				TargetGrants: []*s3.TargetGrant{
					{
						Grantee: &s3.Grantee{
							Type: aws.String("Group"),
							URI:  aws.String("http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers"),
						},
						Permission: aws.String("READ"),
					},
				},
				TargetPrefix: aws.String("MyBucketLogs/"),
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketLogging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput)

PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging

func (*S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error)

PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:

GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:

  • Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketNotification deprecated 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error)

PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) operation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification

Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).

Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.

By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.

<NotificationConfiguration>

</NotificationConfiguration>

This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.

After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).

You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.

By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.

The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.

Responses

If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.

The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration

Example (Shared00)

Set notification configuration for a bucket

The following example sets notification configuration on a bucket to publish the object created events to an SNS topic. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		NotificationConfiguration: &s3.NotificationConfiguration{
			TopicConfigurations: []*s3.TopicConfiguration{
				{
					Events: []*string{
						aws.String("s3:ObjectCreated:*"),
					},
					TopicArn: aws.String("arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:123456789012:s3-notification-topic"),
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput)

PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration

func (*S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error)

PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest deprecated 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput)

PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification

Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext deprecated added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error)

PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated

func (*S3) PutBucketOwnershipControls added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControls(input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

PutBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls:

  • GetBucketOwnershipControls

  • DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput)

PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the PutBucketOwnershipControls API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketOwnershipControls

func (*S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext added in v1.35.2 

func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error)

PutBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as PutBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketPolicy 

func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error)

PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.

If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy

Example (Shared00)

Set bucket policy

The following example sets a permission policy on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketPolicyInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Policy: aws.String("{\"Version\": \"2012-10-17\", \"Statement\": [{ \"Sid\": \"id-1\",\"Effect\": \"Allow\",\"Principal\": {\"AWS\": \"arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root\"}, \"Action\": [ \"s3:PutObject\",\"s3:PutObjectAcl\"], \"Resource\": [\"arn:aws:s3:::acl3/*\" ] } ]}"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketPolicy(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput)

PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy

func (*S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error)

PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketReplication 

func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error)

PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html) permission.

Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.

A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.

To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.

If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).

For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html).

By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects

By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html).

For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList)

The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication

Example (Shared00)

Set replication configuration on a bucket

The following example sets replication configuration on a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketReplicationInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		ReplicationConfiguration: &s3.ReplicationConfiguration{
			Role: aws.String("arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/examplerole"),
			Rules: []*s3.ReplicationRule{
				{
					Destination: &s3.Destination{
						Bucket:       aws.String("arn:aws:s3:::destinationbucket"),
						StorageClass: aws.String("STANDARD"),
					},
					Prefix: aws.String(""),
					Status: aws.String("Enabled"),
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketReplication(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput)

PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication

func (*S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error)

PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketRequestPayment 

func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error)

PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).

The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment

Example (Shared00)

Set request payment configuration on a bucket.

The following example sets request payment configuration on a bucket so that person requesting the download is charged. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		RequestPaymentConfiguration: &s3.RequestPaymentConfiguration{
			Payer: aws.String("Requester"),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketRequestPayment(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput)

PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment

func (*S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error)

PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketTagging 

func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error)

PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the tags for a bucket.

Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html).

When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html).

PutBucketTagging has the following special errors:

The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging

Example (Shared00)

Set tags on a bucket

The following example sets tags on a bucket. Any existing tags are replaced. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Tagging: &s3.Tagging{
			TagSet: []*s3.Tag{
				{
					Key:   aws.String("Key1"),
					Value: aws.String("Value1"),
				},
				{
					Key:   aws.String("Key2"),
					Value: aws.String("Value2"),
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput)

PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging

func (*S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error)

PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketVersioning 

func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error)

PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.

You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:

Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.

Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.

If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) request does not return a versioning state value.

If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.

If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config).

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning

Example (Shared00)

Set versioning configuration on a bucket

The following example sets versioning configuration on bucket. The configuration enables versioning on the bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketVersioningInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		VersioningConfiguration: &s3.VersioningConfiguration{
			MFADelete: aws.String("Disabled"),
			Status:    aws.String("Enabled"),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketVersioning(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput)

PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning

func (*S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error)

PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutBucketWebsite 

func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).

This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.

To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.

  • WebsiteConfiguration

  • RedirectAllRequestsTo

  • HostName

  • Protocol

If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.

  • WebsiteConfiguration

  • IndexDocument

  • Suffix

  • ErrorDocument

  • Key

  • RoutingRules

  • RoutingRule

  • Condition

  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals

  • KeyPrefixEquals

  • Redirect

  • Protocol

  • HostName

  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith

  • ReplaceKeyWith

  • HttpRedirectCode

Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite

Example (Shared00)

Set website configuration on a bucket

The following example adds website configuration to a bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutBucketWebsiteInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		WebsiteConfiguration: &s3.WebsiteConfiguration{
			ErrorDocument: &s3.ErrorDocument{
				Key: aws.String("error.html"),
			},
			IndexDocument: &s3.IndexDocument{
				Suffix: aws.String("index.html"),
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutBucketWebsite(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest 

func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput)

PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite

func (*S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error)

PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObject 

func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error)

PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.

Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.

Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.

To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.

The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Server-side Encryption

You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html).

If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers

You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).

Storage Class Options

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Versioning

If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.

For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html). For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html).

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObject for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject

Example (Shared00)

To upload an object

The following example uploads an object to a versioning-enabled bucket. The source file is specified using Windows file syntax. S3 returns VersionId of the newly created object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:   aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("HappyFace.jpg")),
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To upload object and specify user-defined metadata

The following example creates an object. The request also specifies optional metadata. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:   aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("filetoupload")),
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("exampleobject"),
		Metadata: map[string]*string{
			"metadata1": aws.String("value1"),
			"metadata2": aws.String("value2"),
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared02)

To upload an object (specify optional headers)

The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional request headers to directs S3 to use specific storage class and use server-side encryption. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:                 aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("HappyFace.jpg")),
		Bucket:               aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:                  aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
		ServerSideEncryption: aws.String("AES256"),
		StorageClass:         aws.String("STANDARD_IA"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared03)

To create an object.

The following example creates an object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:   aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("filetoupload")),
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("objectkey"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared04)

To upload an object and specify server-side encryption and object tags

The following example uploads and object. The request specifies the optional server-side encryption option. The request also specifies optional object tags. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:                 aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("filetoupload")),
		Bucket:               aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:                  aws.String("exampleobject"),
		ServerSideEncryption: aws.String("AES256"),
		Tagging:              aws.String("key1=value1&key2=value2"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared05)

To upload an object and specify optional tags

The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional object tags. The bucket is versioned, therefore S3 returns version ID of the newly created object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		Body:    aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("c:\\HappyFace.jpg")),
		Bucket:  aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:     aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
		Tagging: aws.String("key1=value1&key2=value2"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared06)

To upload an object and specify canned ACL.

The following example uploads and object. The request specifies optional canned ACL (access control list) to all READ access to authenticated users. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectInput{
		ACL:    aws.String("authenticated-read"),
		Body:   aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("filetoupload")),
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("exampleobject"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutObjectAcl added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error)

PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access Permissions

You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:

  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).

  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

Grantee Values

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

Versioning

The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" The specified key does not exist.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl

Example (Shared00)

To grant permissions using object ACL

The following example adds grants to an object ACL. The first permission grants user1 and user2 FULL_CONTROL and the AllUsers group READ permission. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectAclInput{
		AccessControlPolicy: &s3.AccessControlPolicy{},
		Bucket:              aws.String("examplebucket"),
		GrantFullControl:    aws.String("emailaddress=user1@example.com,emailaddress=user2@example.com"),
		GrantRead:           aws.String("uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers"),
		Key:                 aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObjectAcl(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeNoSuchKey, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutObjectAclRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput)

PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl

func (*S3) PutObjectAclWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error)

PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObjectLegalHold added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error)

PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold

func (*S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput)

PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold

func (*S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error)

PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error)

PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

  • The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.

  • The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.

  • You can only enable Object Lock for new buckets. If you want to turn on Object Lock for an existing bucket, contact AWS Support.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration

func (*S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput)

PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration

func (*S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error)

PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput)

PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject

func (*S3) PutObjectRetention added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error)

PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention

func (*S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput)

PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention

func (*S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext added in v1.15.83 

func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error)

PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObjectTagging added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error)

PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.

A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html).

For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html). Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.

For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).

Special Errors

  • Code: InvalidTagError Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).

  • Code: MalformedXMLError Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.

  • Code: OperationAbortedError Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.

  • Code: InternalError Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging

Example (Shared00)

To add tags to an existing object

The following example adds tags to an existing object. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.PutObjectTaggingInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("HappyFace.jpg"),
		Tagging: &s3.Tagging{
			TagSet: []*s3.Tag{
				{
					Key:   aws.String("Key3"),
					Value: aws.String("Value3"),
				},
				{
					Key:   aws.String("Key4"),
					Value: aws.String("Value4"),
				},
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.PutObjectTagging(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest added in v1.5.11 

func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput)

PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging

func (*S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error)

PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error)

PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) PutPublicAccessBlock added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).

When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput)

PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock

func (*S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext added in v1.15.77 

func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error)

PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) RestoreObject 

func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error)

RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

This action performs the following types of requests:

  • select - Perform a select query on an archived object

  • restore an archive - Restore an archived object

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Querying Archives with Select Requests

You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

When making a select request, do the following:

  • Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide

  • Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples. The following expression returns all records from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100 If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s

For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

When making a select request, you can also do the following:

  • To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.

  • Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.

The following are additional important facts about the select feature:

  • The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle policy.

  • You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.

  • Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.

Restoring objects

Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify.

To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.

When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:

  • Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.

  • Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

  • Bulk - Bulk retrievals are the lowest-cost retrieval option in S3 Glacier, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data inexpensively. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.

If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) in Amazon S3 User Guide.

Responses

A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.

  • If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.

  • If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.

Special Errors

  • Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.) HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

  • Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.) HTTP Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" This action is not allowed against this storage tier.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject

Example (Shared00)

To restore an archived object

The following example restores for one day an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 bucket. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.RestoreObjectInput{
		Bucket: aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:    aws.String("archivedobjectkey"),
		RestoreRequest: &s3.RestoreRequest{
			Days: aws.Int64(1),
			GlacierJobParameters: &s3.GlacierJobParameters{
				Tier: aws.String("Expedited"),
			},
		},
	}

	result, err := svc.RestoreObject(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case s3.ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError:
				fmt.Println(s3.ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) RestoreObjectRequest 

func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput)

RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject

func (*S3) RestoreObjectWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error)

RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) SelectObjectContent added in v1.14.0 

func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error)

SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Object Data Formats

You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:

  • CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.

  • UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.

  • GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.

  • Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html). For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Working with the Response Body

Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTSelectObjectAppendix.html) .

GetObject Support

The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html).

Special Errors

For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList)

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent

Example 
sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
svc := New(sess)

/*
   Example myObjectKey CSV content:

   name,number
   gopher,0
   ᵷodɥǝɹ,1
*/

// Make the Select Object Content API request using the object uploaded.
resp, err := svc.SelectObjectContent(&SelectObjectContentInput{
	Bucket:         aws.String("myBucket"),
	Key:            aws.String("myObjectKey"),
	Expression:     aws.String("SELECT name FROM S3Object WHERE cast(number as int) < 1"),
	ExpressionType: aws.String(ExpressionTypeSql),
	InputSerialization: &InputSerialization{
		CSV: &CSVInput{
			FileHeaderInfo: aws.String(FileHeaderInfoUse),
		},
	},
	OutputSerialization: &OutputSerialization{
		CSV: &CSVOutput{},
	},
})
if err != nil {
	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "failed making API request, %v\n", err)
	return
}
defer resp.EventStream.Close()

results, resultWriter := io.Pipe()
go func() {
	defer resultWriter.Close()
	for event := range resp.EventStream.Events() {
		switch e := event.(type) {
		case *RecordsEvent:
			resultWriter.Write(e.Payload)
		case *StatsEvent:
			fmt.Printf("Processed %d bytes\n", *e.Details.BytesProcessed)
		}
	}
}()

// Printout the results
resReader := csv.NewReader(results)
for {
	record, err := resReader.Read()
	if err == io.EOF {
		break
	}
	fmt.Println(record)
}

if err := resp.EventStream.Err(); err != nil {
	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "reading from event stream failed, %v\n", err)
}

Output:

func (*S3) SelectObjectContentRequest added in v1.14.0 

func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput)

SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method.
req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent

func (*S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext added in v1.14.0 

func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error)

SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) UploadPart 

func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error)

UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Uploads a part in a multipart upload.

In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) operation.

You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html)) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request.

Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size limit on the last part of your multipart upload.

To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.

If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then AWS S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-auth-using-authorization-header.html).

Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.

For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide .

For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html). For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html).

If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

Special Errors

  • Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart

Example (Shared00)

To upload a part

The following example uploads part 1 of a multipart upload. The example specifies a file name for the part data. The Upload ID is same that is returned by the initiate multipart upload. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"strings"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.UploadPartInput{
		Body:       aws.ReadSeekCloser(strings.NewReader("fileToUpload")),
		Bucket:     aws.String("examplebucket"),
		Key:        aws.String("examplelargeobject"),
		PartNumber: aws.Int64(1),
		UploadId:   aws.String("xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.UploadPart(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) UploadPartCopy 

func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error)

UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.

The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) action and provide data in your request.

You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request.

For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:

Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:

  • Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data.

  • Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.

Versioning

If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.

You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:

x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id

Special Errors

  • Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found

  • Code: InvalidRequest Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request

Related Resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy

Example (Shared00)

To upload a part by copying byte range from an existing object as data source

The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying a specified byte range from an existing object as data source. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.UploadPartCopyInput{
		Bucket:          aws.String("examplebucket"),
		CopySource:      aws.String("/bucketname/sourceobjectkey"),
		CopySourceRange: aws.String("bytes=1-100000"),
		Key:             aws.String("examplelargeobject"),
		PartNumber:      aws.Int64(2),
		UploadId:        aws.String("exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.UploadPartCopy(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:
Example (Shared01)

To upload a part by copying data from an existing object as data source

The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying data from an existing object as data source. 

package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
)

func main() {
	svc := s3.New(session.New())
	input := &s3.UploadPartCopyInput{
		Bucket:     aws.String("examplebucket"),
		CopySource: aws.String("/bucketname/sourceobjectkey"),
		Key:        aws.String("examplelargeobject"),
		PartNumber: aws.Int64(1),
		UploadId:   aws.String("exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--"),
	}

	result, err := svc.UploadPartCopy(input)
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*S3) UploadPartCopyRequest 

func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput)

UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method.
req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy

func (*S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error)

UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) UploadPartRequest 

func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput)

UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method.
req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart

func (*S3) UploadPartWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error)

UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) WaitUntilBucketExists added in v0.10.3 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error

WaitUntilBucketExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*S3) WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketExists. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists added in v0.10.3 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error

WaitUntilBucketNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketNotExists. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) WaitUntilObjectExists added in v0.10.3 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error

WaitUntilObjectExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*S3) WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectExists. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists added in v0.10.3 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error

WaitUntilObjectNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectNotExists. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*S3) WriteGetObjectResponse added in v1.38.0 

func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponse(input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) (*WriteGetObjectResponseOutput, error)

WriteGetObjectResponse API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.

Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda Access Points. For information about Object Lambda Access Points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/transforming-objects.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html), in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an AWS Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return.

AWS provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the AWS Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the AWS Management Console when you create your Object Lambda Access Point.

Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.

Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.

Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP.

For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using AWS built Lambda functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/olap-examples.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation WriteGetObjectResponse for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WriteGetObjectResponse

func (*S3) WriteGetObjectResponseRequest added in v1.38.0 

func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) (req *request.Request, output *WriteGetObjectResponseOutput)

WriteGetObjectResponseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the WriteGetObjectResponse operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See WriteGetObjectResponse for more information on using the WriteGetObjectResponse API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the WriteGetObjectResponseRequest method.
req, resp := client.WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WriteGetObjectResponse

func (*S3) WriteGetObjectResponseWithContext added in v1.38.0 

func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*WriteGetObjectResponseOutput, error)

WriteGetObjectResponseWithContext is the same as WriteGetObjectResponse with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See WriteGetObjectResponse for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type SSEKMS added in v1.12.24 

type SSEKMS struct {

	// Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer
	// managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
	//
	// KeyId is a required field
	KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.

func (SSEKMS) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SSEKMS) SetKeyId added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS

SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.

func (SSEKMS) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s SSEKMS) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SSEKMS) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SSES3 added in v1.12.24 

type SSES3 struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.

func (SSES3) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s SSES3) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (SSES3) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s SSES3) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ScanRange added in v1.25.21 

type ScanRange struct {

	// Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values:
	// non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the
	// object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted
	// to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange>
	// means scan the last 50 bytes.
	End *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid
	// values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied,
	// it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange>
	// means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file.
	Start *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.

func (ScanRange) GoString added in v1.25.21 

func (s ScanRange) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ScanRange) SetEnd added in v1.25.21 

func (s *ScanRange) SetEnd(v int64) *ScanRange

SetEnd sets the End field's value.

func (*ScanRange) SetStart added in v1.25.21 

func (s *ScanRange) SetStart(v int64) *ScanRange

SetStart sets the Start field's value.

func (ScanRange) String added in v1.25.21 

func (s ScanRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SelectObjectContentEventStream added in v1.14.0 

type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct {

	// Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream
	// events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made
	// Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the
	// EventStream Reader.
	//
	// Must not be nil.
	Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader

	// StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP
	// EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when
	// the Close method of the EventStream is called.
	StreamCloser io.Closer
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SelectObjectContentEventStream provides the event stream handling for the SelectObjectContent.

For testing and mocking the event stream this type should be initialized via the NewSelectObjectContentEventStream constructor function. Using the functional options to pass in nested mock behavior.

func NewSelectObjectContentEventStream added in v1.34.3 

func NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(opts ...func(*SelectObjectContentEventStream)) *SelectObjectContentEventStream

NewSelectObjectContentEventStream initializes an SelectObjectContentEventStream. This function should only be used for testing and mocking the SelectObjectContentEventStream stream within your application.

The Reader member must be set before reading events from the stream.

The StreamCloser member should be set to the underlying io.Closer, (e.g. http.Response.Body), that will be closed when the stream Close method is called. 

es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(func(o *SelectObjectContentEventStream{
    es.Reader = myMockStreamReader
    es.StreamCloser = myMockStreamCloser
})

func (*SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close added in v1.14.0 

func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error)

Close closes the stream. This will also cause the stream to be closed. Close must be called when done using the stream API. Not calling Close may result in resource leaks.

You can use the closing of the Reader's Events channel to terminate your application's read from the API's stream.

func (*SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err added in v1.14.0 

func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error

Err returns any error that occurred while reading or writing EventStream Events from the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors.

func (*SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events added in v1.14.0 

func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent

Events returns a channel to read events from.

These events are:

  • ContinuationEvent
  • EndEvent
  • ProgressEvent
  • RecordsEvent
  • StatsEvent
  • SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent added in v1.14.0 

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface {
	eventstreamapi.Marshaler
	eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler
	// contains filtered or unexported methods
}

SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream events writes for SelectObjectContentEventStream.

These events are:

  • ContinuationEvent
  • EndEvent
  • ProgressEvent
  • RecordsEvent
  • StatsEvent

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader added in v1.14.0 

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface {
	// Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream.
	Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent

	// Close will stop the reader reading events from the stream.
	Close() error

	// Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream.
	Err() error
}

SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading to the stream. The default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStreamData.

The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls.

These events are:

  • ContinuationEvent
  • EndEvent
  • ProgressEvent
  • RecordsEvent
  • StatsEvent
  • SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent added in v1.33.7 

type SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent struct {
	Type    string
	Message eventstream.Message
}

SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent provides a failsafe event for the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events when an unknown event is received.

func (*SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.33.7 

func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (
	msg eventstream.Message, err error,
)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (*SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.33.7 

func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the SelectObjectContentEventStreamData value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type SelectObjectContentInput added in v1.14.0 

type SelectObjectContentInput struct {

	// The S3 bucket.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The expression that is used to query the object.
	//
	// Expression is a required field
	Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
	//
	// ExpressionType is a required field
	ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`

	// Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
	//
	// InputSerialization is a required field
	InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The object key.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
	//
	// OutputSerialization is a required field
	OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
	RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"`

	// The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see Server-Side
	// Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption (Using
	// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption
	// (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record
	// is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter
	// is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section
	// 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
	//
	// ScanRangemay be used in the following ways:
	//
	//    * <scanrange><start>50</start><end>100</end></scanrange> - process only
	//    the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting
	//    from zero)
	//
	//    * <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange> - process only the records
	//    starting after the byte 50
	//
	//    * <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange> - process only the records within
	//    the last 50 bytes of the file.
	ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html).

func (SelectObjectContentInput) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange added in v1.25.21 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange(v *ScanRange) *SelectObjectContentInput

SetScanRange sets the ScanRange field's value.

func (SelectObjectContentInput) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SelectObjectContentInput) Validate added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SelectObjectContentOutput added in v1.14.0 

type SelectObjectContentOutput struct {
	EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*SelectObjectContentOutput) GetEventStream added in v1.27.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetEventStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream

func (*SelectObjectContentOutput) GetStream added in v1.27.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream

GetStream returns the type to interact with the event stream.

func (SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream added in v1.14.0 

func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput

func (SelectObjectContentOutput) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SelectParameters added in v1.12.36 

type SelectParameters struct {

	// The expression that is used to query the object.
	//
	// Expression is a required field
	Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
	//
	// ExpressionType is a required field
	ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`

	// Describes the serialization format of the object.
	//
	// InputSerialization is a required field
	InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
	//
	// OutputSerialization is a required field
	OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the parameters for Select job types.

func (SelectParameters) GoString added in v1.12.36 

func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SelectParameters) SetExpression added in v1.12.36 

func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters

SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.

func (*SelectParameters) SetExpressionType added in v1.12.36 

func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters

SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.

func (*SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization added in v1.12.36 

func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters

SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.

func (*SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization added in v1.12.36 

func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters

SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.

func (SelectParameters) String added in v1.12.36 

func (s SelectParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SelectParameters) Validate added in v1.12.36 

func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault added in v1.12.24 

type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct {

	// AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer AWS KMS key ID to use for the default
	// encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set
	// to aws:kms.
	//
	// You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key.
	// However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must
	// use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, see Using encryption
	// for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy).
	//
	// For example:
	//
	//    * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
	//
	//    * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
	//
	// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric KMS keys and not asymmetric KMS keys. For
	// more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
	// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
	KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
	//
	// SSEAlgorithm is a required field
	SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied. For more information, see PUT Bucket encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

func (ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault

SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value.

func (*ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault

SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value.

func (ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration added in v1.12.24 

type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct {

	// Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration
	// rule.
	//
	// Rules is a required field
	Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.

func (ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration

SetRules sets the Rules field's value.

func (ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ServerSideEncryptionRule added in v1.12.24 

type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct {

	// Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
	// bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption,
	// this default encryption will be applied.
	ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side
	// encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects
	// are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon
	// S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled.
	//
	// For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration.

func (ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule

SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value.

func (*ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *ServerSideEncryptionRule

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (ServerSideEncryptionRule) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SourceSelectionCriteria added in v1.12.24 

type SourceSelectionCriteria struct {

	// A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas.
	// Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest
	// version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can
	// specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications
	// on replicas.
	//
	// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication
	// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element
	// is not allowed
	ReplicaModifications *ReplicaModifications `type:"structure"`

	// A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects
	// encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication
	// configuration, this element is required.
	SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).

func (SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SourceSelectionCriteria) SetReplicaModifications added in v1.35.37 

func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetReplicaModifications(v *ReplicaModifications) *SourceSelectionCriteria

SetReplicaModifications sets the ReplicaModifications field's value.

func (*SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria

SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value.

func (SourceSelectionCriteria) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SseKmsEncryptedObjects added in v1.12.24 

type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct {

	// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption
	// using an AWS KMS key stored in AWS Key Management Service.
	//
	// Status is a required field
	Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted with AWS KMS.

func (SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString added in v1.12.24 

func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String added in v1.12.24 

func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate added in v1.12.24 

func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Stats added in v1.14.0 

type Stats struct {

	// The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
	BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The total number of bytes of records payload data returned.
	BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The total number of object bytes scanned.
	BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the stats details.

func (Stats) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s Stats) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Stats) SetBytesProcessed added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats

SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.

func (*Stats) SetBytesReturned added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats

SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.

func (*Stats) SetBytesScanned added in v1.14.0 

func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats

SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.

func (Stats) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s Stats) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StatsEvent added in v1.14.0 

type StatsEvent struct {

	// The Stats event details.
	Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for the Stats Event.

func (StatsEvent) GoString added in v1.14.0 

func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StatsEvent) MarshalEvent added in v1.27.0 

func (s *StatsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error)

MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

func (*StatsEvent) SetDetails added in v1.14.0 

func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent

SetDetails sets the Details field's value.

func (StatsEvent) String added in v1.14.0 

func (s StatsEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent added in v1.14.0 

func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
	payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
	msg eventstream.Message,
) error

UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value. This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.

type StorageClassAnalysis added in v1.5.11 

type StorageClassAnalysis struct {

	// Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3
	// bucket should be exported.
	DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes for an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (StorageClassAnalysis) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport added in v1.5.11 

func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis

SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value.

func (StorageClassAnalysis) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StorageClassAnalysis) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport added in v1.5.11 

type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct {

	// The place to store the data for an analysis.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1.
	//
	// OutputSchemaVersion is a required field
	OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 bucket for export.

func (StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString added in v1.5.11 

func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination added in v1.5.11 

func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion added in v1.5.11 

func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport

SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value.

func (StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String added in v1.5.11 

func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate added in v1.5.11 

func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Tag 

type Tag struct {

	// Name of the object key.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Value of the tag.
	//
	// Value is a required field
	Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container of a key value name pair.

func (Tag) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tag) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Tag) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*Tag) SetValue added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (Tag) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tag) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Tag) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Tag) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Tagging 

type Tagging struct {

	// A collection for a set of tags
	//
	// TagSet is a required field
	TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for TagSet elements.

func (Tagging) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tagging) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Tagging) SetTagSet added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging

SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.

func (Tagging) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tagging) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Tagging) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *Tagging) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TargetGrant 

type TargetGrant struct {

	// Container for the person being granted permissions.
	Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`

	// Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket.
	Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container for granting information.

func (TargetGrant) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TargetGrant) SetGrantee added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant

SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.

func (*TargetGrant) SetPermission added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant

SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.

func (TargetGrant) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s TargetGrant) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TargetGrant) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Tiering added in v1.35.24 

type Tiering struct {

	// S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing
	// frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access)
	// for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
	//
	// AccessTier is a required field
	AccessTier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IntelligentTieringAccessTier"`

	// The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be
	// eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number
	// of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep
	// Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2
	// years (730 days).
	//
	// Days is a required field
	Days *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead.

func (Tiering) GoString added in v1.35.24 

func (s Tiering) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Tiering) SetAccessTier added in v1.35.24 

func (s *Tiering) SetAccessTier(v string) *Tiering

SetAccessTier sets the AccessTier field's value.

func (*Tiering) SetDays added in v1.35.24 

func (s *Tiering) SetDays(v int64) *Tiering

SetDays sets the Days field's value.

func (Tiering) String added in v1.35.24 

func (s Tiering) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Tiering) Validate added in v1.35.24 

func (s *Tiering) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TopicConfiguration 

type TopicConfiguration struct {

	// The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information,
	// see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Events is a required field
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

	// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
	// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3
	// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
	//
	// TopicArn is a required field
	TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.

func (TopicConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TopicConfiguration) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*TopicConfiguration) SetFilter added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration

SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.

func (*TopicConfiguration) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration

SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value.

func (TopicConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TopicConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TopicConfigurationDeprecated 

type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct {

	// Bucket event for which to send notifications.
	//
	// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
	Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

	// A collection of events related to objects
	Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

	// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
	// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
	Id *string `type:"string"`

	// Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the
	// specified events for the bucket.
	Topic *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. This data type is deprecated. Use TopicConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_TopicConfiguration.html) instead.

func (TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated

SetEvent sets the Event field's value.

func (*TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated

SetTopic sets the Topic field's value.

func (TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Transition 

type Transition struct {

	// Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The
	// date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned
	// to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
	Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
	StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

func (Transition) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Transition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Transition) SetDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition

SetDate sets the Date field's value.

func (*Transition) SetDays added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition

SetDays sets the Days field's value.

func (*Transition) SetStorageClass added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (Transition) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Transition) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UploadPartCopyInput 

type UploadPartCopyInput struct {

	// The bucket name.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value
	// in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source
	// object through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html):
	//
	//    * For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of
	//    the source bucket and key of the source object, separated by a slash (/).
	//    For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the bucket awsexamplebucket,
	//    use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL encoded.
	//
	//    * For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource
	//    Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the
	//    format arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>.
	//    For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through access point
	//    my-access-point owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use
	//    the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf.
	//    The value must be URL encoded. Amazon S3 supports copy operations using
	//    access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the
	//    same AWS Region. Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3
	//    on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>.
	//    For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost
	//    owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding
	//    of arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf.
	//    The value must be URL encoded.
	//
	// To copy a specific version of an object, append ?versionId=<version-id> to
	// the value (for example, awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893).
	// If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of
	// the source object.
	//
	// CopySource is a required field
	CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
	CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`

	// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
	CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`

	// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
	// ETag.
	CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`

	// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
	CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`

	// The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use
	// the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte
	// offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the
	// first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object
	// is greater than 5 MB.
	CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
	// AES256).
	CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
	// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
	// that was used when the source object was created.
	CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `` /* 135-byte string literal not displayed */

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination
	// bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP
	// 403 (Access Denied) error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket
	// is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access
	// Denied) error.
	ExpectedSourceBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-source-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and
	// 10,000.
	//
	// PartNumber is a required field
	PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
	// upload request.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
	//
	// UploadId is a required field
	UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UploadPartCopyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner sets the ExpectedSourceBucketOwner field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (UploadPartCopyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartCopyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UploadPartCopyOutput 

type UploadPartCopyOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Container for all response elements.
	CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"`

	// The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning
	// on the source bucket.
	CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
	// object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (UploadPartCopyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UploadPartInput 

type UploadPartInput struct {

	// Object data.
	Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`

	// The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to
	// the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
	// When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about
	// access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests
	// to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form
	// AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When
	// using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide
	// the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
	// about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	//
	// Bucket is a required field
	Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
	// body cannot be determined automatically.
	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is
	// auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required
	// if object lock parameters are specified.
	ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`

	// The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a
	// different account, the request will fail with an HTTP 403 (Access Denied)
	// error.
	ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"`

	// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
	//
	// Key is a required field
	Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1
	// and 10,000.
	//
	// PartNumber is a required field
	PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
	// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
	// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
	// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
	// in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
	RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

	// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
	// AES256).
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
	// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
	// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
	// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
	// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
	// upload request.
	SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
	// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
	// encryption key was transmitted without error.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
	//
	// UploadId is a required field
	UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UploadPartInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartInput) SetBody added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetBucket added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetContentLength added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5 added in v1.12.2 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner added in v1.34.21 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput

SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartInput) SetUploadId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput

SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.

func (UploadPartInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UploadPartOutput 

type UploadPartOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side
	// encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
	// used.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
	// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
	// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
	// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UploadPartOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.35.37 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *UploadPartOutput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetETag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.5.0 

func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (UploadPartOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VersioningConfiguration 

type VersioningConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
	// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
	// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
	MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"`

	// The versioning state of the bucket.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html) in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

func (VersioningConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete added in v1.5.0 

func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration

SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.

func (*VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (VersioningConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WebsiteConfiguration 

type WebsiteConfiguration struct {

	// The name of the error document for the website.
	ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the index document for the website.
	IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`

	// The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.
	//
	// If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.
	RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`

	// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
	RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket.

func (WebsiteConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument added in v1.5.0 

func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration

SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.

func (*WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument added in v1.5.0 

func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration

SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.

func (*WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo added in v1.5.0 

func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration

SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.

func (*WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules added in v1.5.0 

func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration

SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.

func (WebsiteConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*WebsiteConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type WriteGetObjectResponseInput added in v1.38.0 

type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct {

	// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
	AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-accept-ranges" type:"string"`

	// The object data.
	//
	// To use an non-seekable io.Reader for this request wrap the io.Reader with
	// "aws.ReadSeekCloser". The SDK will not retry request errors for non-seekable
	// readers. This will allow the SDK to send the reader's payload as chunked
	// transfer encoding.
	Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`

	// Indicates whether the object stored in Amazon S3 uses an S3 bucket key for
	// server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
	BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
	CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Cache-Control" type:"string"`

	// Specifies presentational information for the object.
	ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

	// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
	// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
	// by the Content-Type header field.
	ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

	// The language the content is in.
	ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Language" type:"string"`

	// The size of the content body in bytes.
	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	// The portion of the object returned in the response.
	ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Range" type:"string"`

	// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Type" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether an object stored in Amazon S3 is (true) or is not (false)
	// a delete marker.
	DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

	// An opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a
	// resource found at a URL.
	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-ETag" type:"string"`

	// A string that uniquely identifies an error condition. Returned in the <Code>
	// tag of the error XML response for a corresponding GetObject call. Cannot
	// be used with a successful StatusCode header or when the transformed object
	// is provided in the body. All error codes from S3 are sentence-cased. Regex
	// value is "^[A-Z][a-zA-Z]+$".
	ErrorCode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-error-code" type:"string"`

	// Contains a generic description of the error condition. Returned in the <Message>
	// tag of the error XML response for a corresponding GetObject call. Cannot
	// be used with a successful StatusCode header or when the transformed object
	// is provided in body.
	ErrorMessage *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-error-message" type:"string"`

	// If object stored in Amazon S3 expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle)
	// it includes expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration
	// information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
	Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
	Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Expires" type:"timestamp"`

	// The date and time that the object was last modified.
	LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`

	// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
	Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

	// Set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers.
	// This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports
	// more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can
	// create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
	MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has an active legal hold.
	ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

	// Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has Object Lock enabled.
	// For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html).
	ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

	// The date and time when Object Lock is configured to expire.
	ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `` /* 128-byte string literal not displayed */

	// The count of parts this object has.
	PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates if request involves bucket that is either a source or destination
	// in a Replication rule. For more information about S3 Replication, see Replication
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/replication.html).
	ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`

	// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
	// request.
	RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

	// Route prefix to the HTTP URL generated.
	//
	// RequestRoute is a required field
	RequestRoute *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-route" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A single use encrypted token that maps WriteGetObjectResponse to the end
	// user GetObject request.
	//
	// RequestToken is a required field
	RequestToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-token" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
	// of the restored object copy.
	Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-restore" type:"string"`

	// Encryption algorithm used if server-side encryption with a customer-provided
	// encryption key was specified for object stored in Amazon S3.
	SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

	// 128-bit MD5 digest of customer-provided encryption key used in Amazon S3
	// to encrypt data stored in S3. For more information, see Protecting data using
	// server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
	SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
	// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for stored
	// in Amazon S3 object.
	SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing requested object in
	// Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
	ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

	// The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject
	// request.
	//
	// Status Codes
	//
	//    * 200 - OK
	//
	//    * 206 - Partial Content
	//
	//    * 304 - Not Modified
	//
	//    * 400 - Bad Request
	//
	//    * 401 - Unauthorized
	//
	//    * 403 - Forbidden
	//
	//    * 404 - Not Found
	//
	//    * 405 - Method Not Allowed
	//
	//    * 409 - Conflict
	//
	//    * 411 - Length Required
	//
	//    * 412 - Precondition Failed
	//
	//    * 416 - Range Not Satisfiable
	//
	//    * 500 - Internal Server Error
	//
	//    * 503 - Service Unavailable
	StatusCode *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-status" type:"integer"`

	// The class of storage used to store object in Amazon S3.
	StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

	// The number of tags, if any, on the object.
	TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`

	// An ID used to reference a specific version of the object.
	VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (WriteGetObjectResponseInput) GoString added in v1.38.0 

func (s WriteGetObjectResponseInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetAcceptRanges added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBody added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetCacheControl added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentDisposition added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentEncoding added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLanguage added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLength added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentRange added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentRange(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentType added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentType(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetDeleteMarker added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetETag added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetETag(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorCode added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorCode(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorMessage added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorMessage(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpiration added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpiration(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpires added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetLastModified added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMetadata added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMissingMeta added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockMode added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetPartsCount added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetReplicationStatus added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestCharged added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestRoute added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestRoute(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetRequestRoute sets the RequestRoute field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestToken added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestToken(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetRequestToken sets the RequestToken field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRestore added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRestore(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetServerSideEncryption added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStatusCode added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStatusCode(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStorageClass added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetTagCount added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetTagCount(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetVersionId added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetVersionId(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput

SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.

func (WriteGetObjectResponseInput) String added in v1.38.0 

func (s WriteGetObjectResponseInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*WriteGetObjectResponseInput) Validate added in v1.38.0 

func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type WriteGetObjectResponseOutput added in v1.38.0 

type WriteGetObjectResponseOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) GoString added in v1.38.0 

func (s WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) String added in v1.38.0 

func (s WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal
s3testing
Package s3crypto provides encryption to S3 using KMS and AES GCM.
 Package s3crypto provides encryption to S3 using KMS and AES GCM.
Package s3iface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Simple Storage Service service client for testing your code.
 Package s3iface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Simple Storage Service service client for testing your code.
Package s3manager provides utilities to upload and download objects from S3 concurrently.
 Package s3manager provides utilities to upload and download objects from S3 concurrently.
s3manageriface
Package s3manageriface provides an interface for the s3manager package
 Package s3manageriface provides an interface for the s3manager package

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.